hide results

    FAQ/Walkthrough by Casanova973 / Robert Carr

    Version: Final | Updated: 10/23/04 | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    --BOF-------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
     _______ _              _______                                     
    (_______) |            (_______)        _                           
        _   | |__  _____    _   ___ _____ _| |_ _____ _ _ _ _____ _   _ 
       | |  |  _ \| ___ |  | | (_  | ___ (_   _|____ | | | (____ | | | |
       | |  | | | | ____|  | |___) | ____| | |_/ ___ | | | / ___ | |_| |
       |_|  |_| |_|_____)   \_____/|_____)  \__)_____|\___/\_____|\__  |
                                                                 (____/ 
     ____ ____ ____ ____ _________ ____ ____ ____ 
    ||F |||u |||l |||l |||       |||F |||A |||Q ||
    ||__|||__|||__|||__|||_______|||__|||__|||__||
    |/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|/_______\|/__\|/__\|/__\|
     ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ 
    ||W |||a |||l |||k |||t |||h |||r |||o |||u |||g |||h ||
    ||__|||__|||__|||__|||__|||__|||__|||__|||__|||__|||__||
    |/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|/__\|
    
    ASCII art taken from: http://www.network-science.de/ascii/
    
    
    THIS GUIDE IS STILL UNDER CONSTRUCTION!
    
    +-==========================================================================-+
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    || ----------    The Getaway                 ------------------------------ ||
    || -----------    For the Playstation2        ----------------------------- ||
    || ------------    By Casanova973              ---------------------------- ||
    || -------------    and R Carr                  --------------------------- ||
    || --------------    casanova973@hotmail.com     -------------------------- ||
    || ---------------    robcar@parnell.fslife.co.uk ------------------------- ||
    || ----------------    Authors Name: Dominic Smyth ------------------------ ||
    || -----------------    Full FAQ/Walkthrough        ----------------------- ||
    || ------------------    Version Final               ---------------------- ||
    || -------------------    Guide written in NotePad    --------------------- ||
    || --------------------    79 Characters per line      -------------------- ||
    || ---------------------    Font: Fixedsys              ------------------- ||
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    +-==========================================================================-+
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    1: Introduction --------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    =====================
     casanova973's Intro
    =====================
    
    Hello. This is a Full FAQ/Walkthrough for The Getaway. I am Dominic Smyth, also
    known as casanova973. This is my first ever FAQ for GameFAQs and
    Gamedestination. I hope this to be just the first of many other guides
    exclusive for GameFAQs and Gamedestination. I hope you will find this guide
    some help to you otherwise this is just a waste of time.
    
    This is a brilliant game. I have owned the PS2 version of the game since just
    after the game's release. I just decided to write a guide for this game
    because I have loved it since the game came out. I have been distracted by
    other better games such as Vice City after the game's release, but I just came
    back to this game. I only just started playing this game again quite recently,
    so I decided to write a guide for it.
    
    I'm just going to tell you a little about me. I am called Dominic Smyth and I
    live in Hackney, London. I have lived in Hackney all my life. I enjoy playing
    football, playing any musical instrument apart from the violin, I enjoy reading
    and writing strategy guides, I hate being told what to do and I am NOT any
    Teacher's pet (well, maybe my music teacher).
    
    Anyway, if you have any problems browsing this guide, you find it on any other
    site than GameFAQs, you are still having problems with the game, Email me. I
    will be happy to answer to your questions or your own strategies. If you feel
    the need to Email me, you can contact me here...
    
    casanova973@hotmail.com
    MSN: Big_D_008@hotmail.com
    (YOU PRONOUNCE MY NAME S-M-I-T-H. IT IS SPELT SMYTH BECAUSE IT IS AN IRISH
    NAME. I AM HALF-IRISH.)
    
    THIS GUIDE IS ONLY TO BE USED AT GAMEFAQS (www.gamefaqs.com) AND GAMEDESTINATION
    (www.gamedestination.net)! IF YOU FIND THIS GUIDE ON ANY OTHER SITE, CONTACT ME
    ASAP!
    
    ================
     R Carr's Intro
    ================
    
    Hi, I am R Carr, and this is my introduction to Casanova973's FAQ/Walkthrough
    to the Getaway. I will be working with Casanova973 for the rest of the guide,
    and will be writing Frank Carter's missions.
    
    I will keep the same layout as Casanova973 has done, and will provide driving
    instructions for those that have problems reaching their destination. 
    
    If you want to email me, you can contact me at the following email address:
    
    robcar@parnell.fslife.co.uk
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    2: The Getaway ---------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    MAJOR SPOILERS AHEAD!!!!!! BEWARE!
    
    In this section, I will try my best to give you a short description of the
    game. I will try my best to tell the story of the game. I will do my best to
    describe the game to you without giving away any spoilers:
    
    Welcome to modern day London. Mark Hammond, a former hit man or 'gangster' 
    and a convicted bank robber. He swore he left the life of a criminal behind,
    and never go back unless he had no choice. So, he decided he wanted to start a
    family. After marrying Suzie and having a kid of his own, he thought everything
    was running smoothly and just how he wanted.
    
    Mark decided to sleep in one day because he had a late night in his club he
    owns in Bethnal. He hears his wife and son, Alex, screaming outside so Mark
    picks up his firearm and runs out. He gets out of his apartment and sees a 
    red car drive off, and his wife dead on the floor.
    
    Mark goes to see if his wife is okay. He picks up the gun that was used to
    kill Suzie, leaving his fingerprints on the gun. Suzie pleads Mark to get
    Alex back safe and sound, then she slowly passes out. A woman in the
    background drops her bags and screams when she sees Suzie dead, but instead 
    of asking for help, Mark gets in his Alfa Romeo and chases the red car.
    
    He follows the red car to the Bethnal Green Mob warehouse, where he has been
    quite a lot in his past. he shoots his way through the gangsters, only to 
    find Charlie Jolson, his former boss and London's crime supremo sitting on his
    fat arse and smoking a cigar.
    
    Charlie ends up blackmailing Mark into doing his dirty work for him by using
    his son, Alex. Charlie gives Mark theses orders:
    
    "This is the game we're gonna play. It's a bit like Simon Says, only you do
    what I say. I ring you, you do the job. You don't do what I tell you, the 
    kid dies. You don't do it where I tell you, the kid dies. You don't do it when
    I tell you, the kid dies! You getting my drift? If you want to see your kid
    alive, you do exactly what I say! You talk to anyone, you're late, or you let
    me down, your kid dies. Do I make myself clear?"
    
    Mark is forced on mission and a life that he vowed that he left forever.
    Throughout the journey, you will find a lot of twists and turns in the 
    story, but I won't go into that at this very moment.
    
    Frank Carter, a vigilante cop has been on the Jolson's case for five years
    running. He is a member of the Flying Squad, Clive McCormack is the head of
    the Flying Squad. Frank gets suspended, and decides to go undercover and
    take care of the Jolson family.
    
    These are two men on the complete opposite side of the law - both wanting one
    man. Throughout the game you will play as both of these characters, and you
    will find out what happens on both sides of the story.
    
    THERE! I did it... I think. Anyway, that is the main story of the game. I 
    Hope I told it to you without giving away many spoilers.
    
    END OF MASSIVE SPOILERS!!!
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     Table Of Contents
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    1: Introduction (above)
    2: The Getaway (above)
    3: About This Guide
    4: Basic controls
    5: Important Tips
    6: The Police
    7: About the Game - Not Gameplay
    8: Mark Hammond Walkthrough
       a) The Frightener
       b) Burning Bridges
       c) Art Appreciation
       d) Aiding and Abetting
       e) Taxi for Mr. Chai
       f) Out of the Frying Pan
       g) Filthy Business
       h) A Touch of Class
       i) The Cowgirl and the Cash
       j) A Cat in a Bag
       k) The Prodigal Son
       l) Aboard the Sol Vita
    9: Frank Carter Walkthrough
       a) Bargain Basement
       b) Show Some Remorse
       c) Disturbance in Soho
       d) Painting the Town Red
       e) Escort Duty
       f) The Vigilante
       g) Stalking McCormack
       h) Do the World a Favour
       i) The Jolson Files
       j) Meet Mark Hammond
       k) Showdown with Jake
       l) Land of Hope and Glory
    10: The Weapons
    11: The Characters
    12: The Vehicles
    13: Cool Things/Misc.
    14: Gangs
    15: Game Script
    16: FAQ
    17: Legal Stuff
    18: Email Policy (read before sending me Emails)
    19: Credits
    
    This guide may contain spoilers. Spoilers are sources of information that
    spoil people's excitement of the game because they know what's going to happen
    next. So say if you are on the last level, but you haven't beat it yet. You
    don't want someone like me to tell you what happens at the end of the level.
    It is really hard for me to avoid spoilers so you just have to deal with it.
    If there are major spoilers in one part of the game, I will put up a notice
    telling you not to read on because of spoilers.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Let's start with the Version History:
    
    Version 1.00 - 7/03/04 - This is the first version of the guide. This includes
    the first two missions for Mark, part of the weapon section and the complete
    FAQ section.
    
    Version 1.01 - 7/04/04 - Changed layout slightly.
    
    Version 1.10 - 7/16/04 - Completed the weapons section. Walkthrough to the
    levels will be coming in slowly. Don't expect them in too soon.
    
    Version 1.15 - 7/21/04 - Added a bit to "Art Appreciation" mission. Also
    added a little bit to the weapon section, but this guide is still nowhere near
    complete. Expect loads of updates in the future.
    
    Version 1.25 - 7/27/04 - Quite a big update. I completely finished the 
    Weapon section and I finished the character section. I will start more work
    on the walkthrough quite soon. Still expect some more updates.
    
    Version 1.30 - 7/30/04 - I started work on the Cool things/Misc. section and
    I added a little to the Important Tips section. My next update will either
    be for the walkthrough, or reader submissions for different parts of the guide.
    I will now start concentrating on the missions now.
    
    Version 1.40 - 8/2-3/04 - I completed the next two missions in the walkthrough.
    I also added a new section to the contents - the police. Check it out. I need
    some contributions because I am sure that I've missed out quite a lot. 113KB
    
    Version 1.50 - 8/10/04 - Quite a big update to the guide. I completed
    walkthroughs for the two missions "Out of the Frying Pan" and "Filthy
    Business". It has taken me a very long time to complete those two levels
    especially Filthy Business as it is probably the hardest mission in the game.
    More contributions are need throughout the guide so please send them in. 
    137KB
    
    Version 1.52 - 8/11/04 - Finished walkthrough for "A Touch of Class". Added 
    a question to the FAQ section. Next update will be all Mark Hammond missions
    complete. Hopefully Hammond's missions will be finished by Thursday (today 
    is Wednesday). 142KB
    
    Version 1.55 - 8/12/04 - I completed "The Cowgirl and the Cash", and I also
    started work on the vehicle section. Nearly half of the guide is complete,
    and I just can't imagine how big this guide will be when it's complete! Oh
    yeah..... I'm going away for 8 days tomorrow, so don't expect any more 
    updates until I'm back. If you're desperate for updates, I apologise.
    168KB
    
    Version 1.585 - 8/21/04 - Just got back from my holiday, man what a fun 
    week! Anyway, I decided to get moving on this guide and finish it ASAP because
    I keep leaving the guide halfway through missions and lots of rushed stuff.
    So, along with moving on with the guide and vehicle section, I also fixed up a 
    LOT of spelling and grammar mistakes throughout the guide, so hopefully now
    this guide will be a lot easier to read. Expect next few updates on vehicle 
    section and Mark Hammond missions.
    
    Version 1.59 - 8/22/04 - Added even more to the vehicle section and changed
    the layout of the guide. 180KB
    
    Version 1.60 - 8/24/04 - Added more to the vehicle section, in fact, I 
    nearly completed the vehicle section. Added next mission to walkthrough and
    I've started work on "The Prodigal Son". Oh, and I also changed my ASCII art. 
    Looks quite cool, huh? 200KB
    
    Version 1.62 - 8/25/04 - Completed the vehicle section and all of Mark
    Hammond's story missions. Just 12 more missions and I can move on! Guide
    should be complete in about 20 days (I'm quite a slow writer). I have also
    added more to the basic controls section, and changed the layout of 
    controls, check it out. 235KB
    
    Version 1.63 - 8/26/04 - R Carr has agreed to help me finish off this guide. 
    This will mean quite a lot of changes throughout the guide. 235KB
    
    Version 1.68 - 8/27/04 - Did a complete spell check and added the game
    script. Also started on the Frank Carter walkthrough and added the first two
    missions: "Bargain Basement", and "Show Some Remorse". 332KB
    
    Version 1.72 - 8/29/04 - Added Carter's next three missions: "Disturbance
    In Soho", "Painting the Town Red", and "Escort Duty". 346KB
    
    Version 1.80 - 9/6/04 - Added another three missions to Carter's
    walkthrough. "The Vigilante", "Stalking McCormack", and "Do the World A
    Favour". Also added some new ASCII art at the top and bottom of the guide.
    363KB
    
    Version 1.85 - 9/14/04 - Added the final four missions to Carter's
    walkthrough. "The Jolson Files", "Meet Mark Hammond", "Showdown With Jake",
    and "Land of Hope and Glory". Also made some slight changes to the layout. I
    think the guide's finished now.
    
    Version Final - 10/23/04 - After a lot of work by R Carr and myself, this huge 
    project has finally come to an end. I have changed the map on the Aboard the 
    Sol Vita walkthrough, and changed it to the final version. Thank you all for 
    reading this guide and we hope you found it useful! I (casanova973) will see 
    you at GameFAQs with my Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas guide! 387KB
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    3: About This guide ----------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    Well, by now you should all know that this guide is for The Getaway. Well, I
    only made this section to tell you all that I wrote this guide using Notepad.
    I used Font Fixedsys, 79 characters per line. If you need to save this guide
    on your computer for different reasons, it is best viewed in Notepad, Font
    Fixedsys, 79 characters per line.
    
    Please note that you can only use this guide for personal use. If you were 
    to print off this guide and sell it as yours and I find out, I will take it 
    very seriously. It has happened before, so I am familiar with all the 
    procedures.
    
    If you were to somehow be convinced that this guide has been copied from
    another guide or site, please tell me first. This guide is not copied. 
    Please tell me if you believe this guide is copied and we can get through it.
    I don't want you to report it, then I get in trouble for it.
    
    If there are bits in this guide that you think have been copied, read the
    contributor/credits section. It might well be that I have asked for 
    permission for one small part of the guide. You will find NO parts of this
    guide that have been directly copied and pasted from another guide.
    
    I have been accused of copyright before and I was really annoyed. I don't 
    want it to happen again. I am writing this guide on the Laptop taking notes
    from the game, so it cannot be copied. I have taken a few notes and tips from 
    other guides but if they are big notes I would have asked for their permission.
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    4: Basic Controls ------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    In this section, I will give you the list of controls on foot, and in your car.
    
    =========
     On foot
    =========
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    |               Button                 |         What the button does        |
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    | ------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------- |
    | ------ Left analogue stick --------- | ------------- Movement ------------ |
    | ----- Right analogue stick --------- | --------------- N/A --------------- |
    | ------------ Circle ---------------- | ------- Enter/exit vehicle -------- |
    | ------------------------------------ | (double tap to avoid getting in car)|
    | -------------Square ---------------- | - Fire weapon (look at tips section)|
    | -------------- X ------------------- | ---- Roll forward/grab hostage ---- |
    | ----------- Triangle --------------- | ----- Get out/put away weapon ----- |
    | -------------- R1 ------------------ | ------- Auto-aim at enemies ------- |
    | ------------------------------------ | ---- (tap it to change target) ---- |
    | -------------- R2 ------------------ | --------------- Aim --------------- |
    | -------------- L1 ------------------ | -------------- Reload ------------- |
    | -------------- L2 ------------------ | -------------- (none) ------------- |
    | ------------- Start ---------------- | ------------ Pause/menu ----------- |
    | ------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------- |
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    ========
     In car
    ========
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    |                Button                |         What the button does        |
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------| 
    |------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------|
    | ------ Left analogue stick --------- | -- Movement (while car is moving) - |
    | ----- Right analogue stick --------- | ----------- Move car -------------- |
    | ------------------------------------ | -- (alternative to acceleration) -- |
    | ------------- Circle --------------- | --------- Exit vehicle ------------ |
    | ------------- Square --------------- | ------------- Stop ---------------- |
    | --------------- X ------------------ | ---------- Accelerate ------------- |
    | ------------ Triangle -------------- | ------------ Reverse -------------- |
    | --------------- R1 ----------------- | ----------- Hand brake ------------ |
    | --------------- R2 ----------------- | ------------ (none) --------------- |
    | --------------- L1 ----------------- | ---------Indicate right ----------- |
    | ------------------------------------ | ------ (Free Roam Mode only) ------ |
    | --------------- L2 ----------------- | -------- Indicate left ------------ |
    | ------------------------------------ | ------ (Free Roam Mode only) ------ |
    | --------------- L3 ----------------- | ----------- Horn/siren ------------ |
    | --------------- R3 ----------------- | ------------ (none) --------------- |
    | -------------- Start --------------- |----------- Pause/menu ------------- |
    | ------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------- |
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    =========
     Stealth
    =========
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    |                Button                |         What the button does        |
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    | ------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------- |
    | ------ Left analogue stick --------- | ------------ Movement ------------- |
    | --------------- R2 ----------------- | ---- Wall hug/duck behind boxes --- |
    | ------------- Square --------------- | -------- Hold hostage ------------- |
    | ------------- Square --------------- | ------ Break hostage's neck ------- |
    | --------------- R1 ----------------- | --------- Shoot hostage ----------- |
    | ------------- Start ---------------- | ----------- Pause/menu ------------ |
    | ------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------- |
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    (If you are having trouble with shooting, look at the Important Tips section
    below)
    
    If you don't know what the R3 and L3 buttons are, you are kind of messed up and
    you need to be told because you can't get through any game without these
    buttons. To press L3, press in the left analogue stick and it will click, that
    click is the L3 button. Do the same with the other stick for R3.
    
    A tip I picked up on when I was driving around is there is another way to
    accelerate. Move the right stick up to drive forwards, and steer it down to
    reverse. This is a good way to drive if you don't want to go at top speed but
    you want to drive normally.
    
    If I have missed or got any controls wrong, please tell me!
    
    Email: casanova973@hotmail.com
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    5: Important Tips ------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    Okay, this is quite an important part of the guide. Most of you who play this
    game have previously played GTA3 and Vice city, but this game is very
    different, especially the gameplay. You will get quite confused with the
    controls at first, but you will get used to it.
    
    ====================
     Healing and Health
    ====================
    
    This is a very important tip. In this game, you have no life/health meter, and
    there are no items in the game that give you health. When you are getting shot
    at, you will notice some red/blood marks on your blazer, and everywhere else on
    your body. Looking at how many blood marks you have on your body is the only
    way to measure your health. The more you play the game, the more you will get
    used to measuring your health.
    
    The more blood on your body, the less health you have. What makes this game so
    good and realistic is the way that you limp the more you are hurt. When you
    have been shot or injured in some sort of way, your character will limp. the
    more you are hurt, the more slower you limp, and the more closer you are to
    death.
    
    Now, I think that this is the only way to heal yourself. All you need to do is
    rest against the wall, It's that easy. If you can see a tall object such as a
    wall or a car, stand by it. Stand by it for a second or two and your character
    will lean against the wall and breath in deeply. The longer you stand by the
    wall, the more health you will heal. While you are resting, you will slowly see
    the bloodstains fade away. The less blood you have on your clothes, the more
    health you have.
    
    Depending on how much health you have lost, the time you spend resting against
    the wall will vary. For example, the more you have been shot, the more time you
    have to rest against the wall. I am not sure if there is an accurate time on how
    you have to stand by the wall. I think it changes to 5 seconds to about 30.
    Sometimes you will be there for much shorter, but sometimes you will be there
    for longer, it depends.
    
    I hope you have understood the health tip and take use of it. Everywhere you go
    there is a wall very nearby. Use this tip and try and keep as much health as
    possible because the more health you have, the faster you run.
    
    ==========
     Shooting
    ==========
    
    Now, as I mentioned at the top of this section, the gameplay in this game is
    very different to the gameplay in any of the GTA's. The main change is the
    shooting. Now, the button to fire your gun is actually square, but It's not
    that simple. You can shoot at pedestrians (non-targets) by aiming at them,
    then pressing square. To aim, hold down R2, then move the left analogue stick
    to change where you aim. When you are aiming manually, you can only hold
    one gun.
    
    Now, to shoot properly at enemies or the police (as Mark Hammond), you need to
    hold R1. If you are standing close to an enemy, your character will hold out
    his gun(s) and aim straight at the nearest target. Tap Square to shoot at the
    target (hold square if you have a machine-gun). Auto aiming is a much better
    way of shooting.
    
    =========
     Rolling
    =========
    
    A very useful technique crucial in gun wars. This is a very helpful tip. What
    you do is roll forward. it doesn't sound great, but it can save your ass when
    you are inches away from death. What you do is, press X. When you are running
    forwards, just press X and your character will roll forwards. You can simply
    direct your roll by moving the left analogue stick while you are rolling in
    the direction you want to roll into.
    
    Another tip I picked up when i was playing this game, rolling into cover. The
    idea of it is, is you roll behind a small object and use it as cover. What you
    do is, run towards the object you want to land behind by pressing X, then,
    press X again when you are behind the object and your character will duck
    behind the object, ready to shoot.
    
    This is another tip I picked up while I was experimenting with the trick above.
    The idea of it is just the same as the other one, but instead of rolling behind
    the object, you roll and lean up against a wall. The strategy is exactly the
    same. You just run towards the wall you want to lean against and press X while
    you are in the middle of the roll. this will cause your character to lean
    against the wall for cover.
    
    The trick above comes in very handy if you need health. Roll towards the wall 
    to narrow your chances of being shot, then press against the wall. Wait for a 
    second, and your character will slowly heal. use this trick often because it 
    is very useful.
    
    ==========
     Wall Hug
    ==========
    
    This is the most famous move used in stealth, not just in this game, but in
    others too. You need to master this strategy, because it is very helpful in
    this game. The idea is to press up against the wall with your guns in your
    hand ready to shoot. This is a very good move in gun wars when you just need
    to take your time while you are killing everyone.
    
    There are many options you can choose from when you are in wall hug mode, 
    and below I will give you the full list of them.
    
    The first and most important thing you can do while in wall hug mode is to
    shoot at the enemies on the other side of the wall. Go to a wall or whatever
    it is, and move right or left to the edge of the wall. The camera will move
    around and look down the other side of the wall, making this much easier. You
    should now have a clear view of what's in front of you.
    
    To perform this move, just move the left stick in the direction of the clear
    view and your character will keep his foot by the wall but move his body into
    the clear view. You can now see the other side of the wall, which should give
    you a clear view of what to shoot.
    
    To shoot your gun at people, just use the buttons you would do if you wanted
    to shoot. Hold R1 (probably better) to auto-aim at the enemies, and then press
    square to shoot. If there are no enemies to shoot at and you just want to shoot
    an explosive barrel or something, you can aim manually (R2) and shoot. To get
    back behind the wall, you need to just move the left analogue stick in the
    direction of the wall.
    
    Another tip that is quite useful against enemies in wall hug mode is the Blind
    Shooting mode. What you do is just stand by the wall and shoot down the other
    side of the wall without looking. This is quite a good way of keeping un-
    detected.
    
    If you don't want to be seen then you should keep to the Blind Shooting method.
    To perform this trick, all you need to do is shoot. Go to the edge of the wall
    and press square. Your character will stick his gun out of the wall and start
    randomly just firing bullets. Note that you cannot aim in this mode, and you'll
    be lucky to hit anyone.
    
    And finally, we come to the most coolest movement. This trick can only be 
    used against open doors. Stand by the doorway so you can see down the hall,
    then move the left stick in the direction of the doorway and your character
    will move into the middle of the doorway in a shooting stance. If there are 
    enemies here, just aim at them and shoot. If there are many, you can do
    something else.
    
    What you do is go from on side of the doorway to the other. To do it from 
    the left, you hug up against the left wall next to the doorway, then you move
    right so you have a clear view of what's going on through the doorway. Then,
    move right to stand in the doorway in a shooting stance. Now, if there are too
    many enemies to take out all at once, press right again to press against the
    right side of the doorway. do this move quickly and it looks cool.
    
    Well, I think they're all of the moves you can do when you are pressed 
    against a wall, but if you find another strategy, please Email me.
    
    ===========
     Crouching
    ===========
    
    This is nearly exactly the same as the wall hug mode, but instead of pressing
    against a wall, you crouch behind a small object. This is a useful tip if you
    are in a gun war so you need to execute the move perfectly. Like the wall 
    hug, you can choose the same options:
    
    This move is also known as the "lean-out shoot." This is the most obvious
    thing you can do while you are crouching behind an object such as a crate or
    box. All you do is lean out from the box (still crouching) and you have a
    clear view of the place beyond the box. From this stance, you can aim and
    shoot at the enemies in front of you.
    
    To do this, all you need to do is crouch behind a small object and lean the
    left analogue stick in the way you want to shoot, and make sure you are as
    far to the edge of the object as possible. Now, when you can't move any
    further, move the left stick one more time in the direction you want to 
    shoot in. Your character will lean out to the side of the object.
    
    From this stance, you can auto-aim, or aim manually at the target you want to
    shoot. This is probably the best way to shoot enemies when you are behind a
    small object. Practice this move and you should master it in no time. Use 
    this move often.
    
    Blind Shooting - A useful tip if you don't want to get shot while you are
    shooting yourself. All you do is crouch behind the object and shoot out of 
    the side without aiming.
    
    All you do is press square while behind the object. Your character will 
    shoot blindly away from the object. It's kind of like hit and hope. You can't
    aim in this position so don't try to. If you shoot quite a lot here you will
    get a good idea of where the bullets go, so you can wait until your target
    gets in the way of the bullet before you shoot.
    
    I think that they are all the tips you need to know while you are crouching.
    If you can think of any more ways of shooting while crouching, please tell me
    and I will post it on this guide and give YOU full credit.
    
    ==============
     Gun Whipping
    ==============
    
    This is just a basic manoeuvre. It is not very hard to master but sometimes 
    it is very effective. If you are very close to an enemy or a cop, pressing 
    square will make Mark or Frank hit the enemy in the head with their gun. Press 
    square a couple of times and your enemy will die quite quickly.
    
    ====================
     Recognising Health
    ====================
    
    Sometimes it is completely obvious to tell how much health you have, but some
    people just don't know, so I'll tell them. To recognise health, all you do 
    Is basically just look at your character. I will explain a little bit better
    below:
    
    * Full health - Your character has no bloodstains at all on their clothes,
      your character is running normal and just looks normal. Basically, nothing
      is wrong with your character. You star most of the missions with full
      health.
    
    * Near full health - You have been shot a couple of times. You can see a
      couple of bloodstains on the character's clothes, but your character is
      able to run normally and just take the pain.
    
    * Injured - Your character is not running properly. There is quite a lot of
      blood on character's clothing but characters hand begins to shake slightly
      when shooting.
    
    * Badly injured - Character's back is bent and character is very weary. 
      Heavy amount of blood is in character's clothing and they are limping.
      Character is not able to stand or walk properly and is in a lot of pain.
    
    * Nearly dead - This basically means that a couple of shots and you're dead.
      Character's arm is dropped and lifting up your gun is way too much effort
      because character is so weak. Clothes are almost literally red; covered in
      blood.
    
    ========================
     Recognising Car Damage
    ========================
    
    It is hard to tell sometimes of what your car is capable of. The small 
    section below will describe what your car will look like and what it will do
    when it has 50% health, and what it will do at 90%. Details below:
    
    * Full health - Most cars you drive in the game start off with full health.
      This means that the car has no damage what so ever. It is clean and
      polished, no scratching or dents on cars, and car is working at its best.
    
    * Near full health - This is nothing to worry about, really. Basically, all 
      it is is a small crash. This happens a lot when traffic is heavy in London.
      The car is slightly out of shape and it is working pretty well.
    
    * Slightly bad health - This is just a crash slightly bigger than the one
      above. Your car has quite a lot of scratches on it and that is causing it 
      to slow down and not work very well. Sometimes indicators fall off. This is 
      bad so it is advisable that you change cars immediately if you are on a 
      mission.
    
    * Badly injured - You can tell that your car has been injured just by 
      looking at a bonnet. Small amount of smoke is coming out from underneath the 
      bonnet, which sometimes cause the car to slow down. After a while, the white
      smoke will turn black and the car won't work.
    
    * More than badly injured - Car is moving very slowly and one or more tyre 
      is flat. When your tyre goes flat your car will drift from one side and it is
      very hard to control the car. Black smoke is also appearing from different
      parts of the car. The black smoke can sometimes block out your view so at
      this stage it is best to get out of your car and get a new one.
    
    * Burning - You will die if you are in the car when it is burning. You have
      crashed the car really badly more than a couple of times. If you are not 
      in the car while it is burning, the flames will go out quite quickly. At this
      stage the car will be completely gone. You can sometimes get in the car (a
      little trick I picked up) but it does not work properly at all. So really,
      it's no use at all.
    
    =================
     You're Too Late
    =================
    
    When you are in driving missions that involve a chase, you can fail the
    mission easily by just falling behind. You will no when you have failed the
    mission because you will get a beeping sound. This beeping sound will get
    faster and louder. It will slowly turn into a really fast beet, and if you
    don't catch up to the car before the beet ends, you will fail the mission.
    
    This is a good way of recognising how far away you are from the car you are
    chasing. Speed up when you hear the sound and try to catch up. I thought 
    that it was part of the tension when I first heard it, but it is actually a 
    warning telling you that you need to speed up.
    
    =============
     Low On Ammo
    =============
    
    This is a little tip I picked up when I was using the AK. If you are in a gun
    war, your controller will vibrate when your gun has hardly any more bullets
    left. This is quite hard to notice, and it doesn't make much of a difference
    because it only vibrates when there are about 5 more rounds left.
    
    I think that the controller only vibrates when the AK is low on ammo. I don't
    think it happens when you have a pistol or any other gun, but maybe I'm wrong.
    
    ========================
     Headlocks and Hostages
    ========================
    
    The only way to non-lethally kill enemies and cops. This is one of the only
    manoeuvres that has different animations for the two characters. It is a 
    simple trick that can be used at any time.
    
    Basically, all you do is go up to someone, put them in a headlock and either
    snap their neck or hit them over the head with a gun. To do this, go up to
    your desired victim, and press X - you can do it from behind or in front of the
    person, it still works. Once you have them in the headlock, you can simply
    snap their neck at any time.
    
    Once they are in your hands, you can do more than just one move. You can 
    walk around, dragging your victim along with you. Take them into a dark corner 
    and do your dirty work where no one will ever suspect. Along with just dragging
    people with you, you can take them as hostages.
    
    You can start off a real traffic jam by doing this. Start a small shooting
    with the police. Kill a couple of cops and once you have done that, they will
    call for back up. Do the "head-lock" move on any pedestrian you like. You
    choose.
    
    When you have him or her in your hands, get your gun out by pressing triangle
    (if you already have a gun out, stay put). You can aim your gun at people using
    manual and auto-aim. Auto-aim will usually aim at the nearest
    police officers.
    
    Aiming at a police officer will put them under threat. They will not shoot 
    At you for as long as they are under the aim of your gun. Sometimes they will
    put their hands up for a realistic feature if you're lucky. Drop your gun
    down and the police will shoot at you.
    
    If things get a little too hot for you, you can always just kill the
    pedestrian you are holding hostage. Press square and you will break their
    neck without a gun in your hands. Press square with a gun in your hands and
    you will smack them over the head with the base of your gun.
    
    ===================
     Driving In London
    ===================
    
    Driving is easy for me, I live in London. But I think that most of you here
    are from America, or other countries. If you are not familiar with the traffic
    laws over here in London, I will try my best to describe it to you. I will
    split this section into different sections to make it easier:
    
    ----------------
    Right-hand Wheel
    ----------------
    
    In England, the steering wheels in the cars are on the right. Most of you I
    think are used to GTA games, but here it's different. If you want to jack a
    car and get away quickly, make sure you enter the car on the right side of 
    the car. In America and other GTAs, you would usually get in from the left, but
    just remember that it's the other way around in London and this game.
    
    ---------------------
    Left side of the Road
    ---------------------
    
    In England and very few other countries, you have to drive on the left side 
    of the road. It is important that you get used to this because it is really
    annoying if you crash head-on into another vehicle at top speed because the
    car gets really badly damaged.
    
    ---------------
    One-way Streets
    ---------------
    
    In narrow roads such as back streets, traffic gets really bad if you have 
    two sets of traffic flowing in two different directions. There are only very
    few roads in this game that are one-way so you don't have to worry about the 
    one-way streets too much.
    
    The only way you can tell if the road you are on is one-way by looking at 
    the arrows painted on to the road. The direction that the arrow is pointing at 
    is the way that traffic flows. If you are driving on a one-way street in the
    wrong direction and the police see you, they will chase you. You are in the
    wrong if you are going the wrong way so the police will chase you.
    
    ------------
    Round-abouts
    ------------
    
    In the game there are some round-abouts, but not very much. I will take it
    that all of you know what round-abouts are so I won't bother explaining what
    they are. What is different here is that if you are turning into a roundabout
    you have to wait for your turn to join the roundabout. It will get confusing
    in this game on the round-abouts because it is not always clear what road 
    you are turning into.
    
    ---------
    Bus Lanes
    ---------
    
    Buses are a very popular form of public transport in London, so many people
    are on buses most of the time. If you are on a bus it is really annoying if
    you get stuck in traffic, that's why they made bus lanes. In real life, 
    you're not supposed to drive on bus lanes or you'll get fined, but on this
    game you can just use the bus lanes as a clear extra lane.
    
    --------------
    T-intersection
    --------------
    
    A T-intersection is usually found at the top of a road. All it is is a 
    normal intersection but with no road on one of the sides. Hopefully the map
    below will give you a better description:
    
    ______________________________________________________________________________
    
    ---------------------------------  | -----------------------------------------
    ____________________________       |       ___________________________________
                                |      |      |
                                |      |      |
                                |      |      |
                                |      |      |
                                |      |      |
                                |      |      |
    
    
    Sometimes there are lights at T-intersections but not all the time. You will
    notice that I use 'T-intersection' a lot in my guide, especially when I'm
    giving directions.
    
    Have any tips worth knowing if you want 100%? Send them to me at
    casanova973@hotmail.com
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    6: The Police ----------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    You know, the police, the cops, the filth, the feds, the men and woman that
    walk around in funny hats and drive bright coloured cars with sirens. Well, 
    as this is a London gangster game, so as you would tell, the police play a big
    part in the game.
    
    In the game, the police don't appear to be very clever. They don't want to
    reason with you, they just want to take you down with force and either kill
    you or arrest you. You might find this a bit annoying in the game but it 
    also makes the car chases a lot more easier. When the police are chasing you, 
    they will try and block your escape when, in fact, they are giving you an even
    easier route to escape. This is nothing like the Metropolitan police in real
    life, but it's just the game's police.
    
    Below, I will list different ways to get rid of the police, what to do with
    different amounts of police and what the police will do in different
    situations.
    
    =========
     Shaking
    =========
    
    This is what you should do when a single police car is coming up from behind
    you. It is not very hard to master, in fact it is probably one of the first
    tricks I picked up with the police. When a police car is right on your tail,
    it will try and ram you forwards into the car in front. This is easy to stop,
    just speed up a little.
    
    After a while, the police car will give up. The police car will pull up on one
    of your sides, usually the side with more space. If the car is on your side for
    too long you won't last and you will get rammed into another object with some
    force. To avoid this, all you need to do is push against the police car. Say if
    the car was pushing you from the left, turn your car left. Don't push too hard
    because you'll end up smashing the car into a wall and you will spin out of
    control. All you need to do is drive quite closely past another car or a
    lamppost. Doing this will crash the police car with force and stop it from
    chasing you. This will buy you some time escaping the cops.
    
    ================================
     Swerving in and out of Traffic
    ================================
    
    Probably one of the basic manoeuvres while escaping the police. This trick
    works best on wider and bigger roads. All you do is twist in and out of 
    other cars. Use all of the different lanes to show this trick at its best. The
    police cars will usually crash into other cars if they are behind you but if
    they are in front of you, it will probably crash into you and slow down.
    
    ================
     Left or Right?
    ================
    
    This is probably the best trick to pull off when there is a police car coming
    for you coming from the other direction. Stay in your lane until the cop car
    is quite close to you. The police car will pull over and block your lane. Just
    before they do this, head into the other lane. This trick takes quite a long
    time to master, because at first you won't know when you should move into the
    other lane. Be patient, because when this trick works... it works.
    
    ================
     Three Cop Cars
    ================
    
    Whenever the police are chasing you, there will never be more than three
    police cars on your tail. This is a useful tip I picked up while playing Free
    Roam Mode. It is very helpful, also. If you notice that there are only one 
    or two police cars chasing you, you always know that the other one is very 
    close. This can help you a lot in the missions if you take notes of your
    surroundings.
    
    =========================
     Getting Past Barricades
    =========================
    
    You will notice that, throughout the game, when the police are either 
    looking for you or chasing you, they will block off the road ahead. Sometimes
    they will put up spikes on the floor to pop your wheels. If they do that, you
    do NOT want to drive over them. You can't get anywhere in your car without
    wheels.
    
    Spike barricades are probably the hardest barricades to get past. But, if
    you have no other choice than to drive through a spike barricade, don't drive
    over the spikes. Sometimes it's better to get your car dirty, instead of
    popping your wheels. Right in the middle of the barricade you should see two
    police cars. In between the two cars is a small gap. If you drive through that
    gap your car will get quite scratched but not much damage will occur. That is
    the easiest way to get through the barricade, drive through the two police
    cars.
    
    In other barricades, there is a huge gap between the vehicles. The police
    usually try and close that gap just before you drive past, but let me tell 
    you that they are not good at closing that gap. Just drive quickly through the 
    gap and you're through. Simple.
    
    ========
     Sirens
    ========
    
    If you get in any of the police vehicles, you can toggle on and off the siren.
    Just press L3 to do it. this is probably one of the most realistic features in
    the game, but the sad thing is, GTA3 and VC had the same idea. If you are
    driving a police vehicle with the siren on, the other cars on the streets will
    make way for you. This is a good thing to do if you are in a rush and it just
    makes the roads a lot clearer and easier to use.
    
    If you have any other tricks involving the police or whatever you call them,
    please Email me at: casanova973@hotmail.com
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    7: About the Game - Not Gameplay ---------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This is just a small section of this guide that isn't very important. I just
    wanted to include this section because I couldn't find anywhere else in the
    guide to put it. This section is just about The different versions of The
    Getaway and other small things that went wrong in the making of this crime
    game.
    
    ===========
     Version 2
    ===========
    
    This game is very realistic. This is excellent for the gamers, not so great
    for the British Government. When the game was first released, there was one
    mission in the game that involved killing an innocent BT employee. This 
    didn't impress anyone but the gamers, so they changed it again.
    
    After a lot of discussing and arguing, the game makers made a deal with
    everyone that they would change the game around not including that mission.
    You are very lucky to own the first version of the game, because most of you
    here are playing version 2 of the game.
    
    I think that the BT mission that got taken out was deleted and they made
    Level 7 similar, but not quite the same. If you have anymore details about
    this new version (because I am writing this section based on rumours) please
    tell me.
    
    Please note that the version I am writing on is version 2.
    
    =================
     5 Years To Make
    =================
    
    This is actually quite hard to believe. The Getaway was originally meant to
    be released for the PlayStation in 1996. According to Team Soho it was meant
    to be the best game of all time. After a long time of work, Team Soho worked
    out that if they waited for the PlayStation 2 to come out, they could make The
    Getaway for the PS2 and make it much better, mainly because of the graphics
    and because it can hold more data.
    
    It took a long time for the developers to change into a PS2 games, but in 
    the end, they got it. Millions and millions of pounds were lost in this change,
    and in the end I don't even think they made a profit! So, I guess they'll
    improve on the next Getaway game: The Getaway: Black Monday.
    
    =========================
     Was It Really Worth It?
    =========================
    
    After a long wait, do you think that this game was the best game ever? Well,
    at least we know it's not the best, but it sure is good. Most people think
    that this was a complete waste of time and money, but I think it was a
    success. Do you think it would be better if you didn't have to wait 5 or 6
    years?
    
    ==========
     Violence
    ==========
    
    This game contains massive amount of violence. Murdering innocent people,
    torturing people who are at the wrong place at the wrong time, running down
    cops, the game is just violent. If you have played any of the GTAs, you 
    will know what I mean.
    
    It is quite true that you shouldn't just randomly pick a pedestrian and hold
    him/her hostage, so don't try this at home! It is only a game. You should 
    NOT be influenced by this game to start crime so don't.
    (The above paragraph was written by my mum...lol)
    
    In this game, the two main characters have their reasons to kill. One of 
    them is just really pissed because he is being blackmailed to kill and go on
    suicide missions by his old boss, and the other one is just having a bad 
    day. Surely, that wouldn't cause most people to just have a rampage in London,
    but it is only a game, and your character doesn't do the violence, YOU DO!
    
    That's right! You do the violence, not the characters. You can choose if you
    want to shoot the heads off of innocent people, but you do have to kill some
    people to survive. I think that's true, it's something my older brother 
    said. If you disagree, blame him!
    
    ==========
     Swearing
    ==========
    
    This game has a lot of swearwords. All the time you just hear WTF, shut the
    **** up, he murdered his ****ing wife, ****ing murderer, etc. The list just
    goes on. You cannot avoid the swearing in this game unless you put the TV on
    mute. In all the videos there are swearing, even when you're on the street
    pedestrians swear, even the characters you play as swear!
    
    I just wanted to warn you all that this game has swearing. Well, I guess you
    all just have to get used to it.
    
    =========
     Ratings
    =========
    
    These are just the ratings of the game in case you don't already know:
    
    United Kingdom:
    18
    Parental Advisory: Explicit Content
    
    USA:
    M (for mature)
    Parental Advisory: Explicit Content
    
    So you under 18's shouldn't even be looking at this game! He he... I'm 
    younger than 18!
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    8: Mark Hammond Walkthrough --------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This is the first part of the game. This is the only option you can choose
    when you start the game. This is the main section of this guide, and the 
    main section of the game. On with the guide!
    
    NOTE: You will notice that in my guide I will use the word "pavement" quite 
    A lot. I figured that most of you here at GameFAQs are from America, so I'll
    just clear up what it means. I am told that it has the same meaning as
    "sidewalk". Just so you Americans don't get confused.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     a) The Frightener
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    This is the very first mission of the game. The mission starts off with an
    opening movie that you have to watch and you can't skip it. The opening 
    movie is quite important so you should watch it, it will make the story much
    more clearer than the piece of text at the top of this guide.
    
    --------------------------------
     01 | Chase the kidnappers' car
    --------------------------------
    
    As soon as you are in control of Mark, you will be in your fancy green Alfa
    Romeo. You will be on the right of the road and the red car will be on the
    left. Your objective is to chase that car and get your son back. There are 
    no police in this chase so don't worry too much about reckless driving.
    
    Ok, start the mission by driving straight down the road you are on, and make
    the first right possible, following the red car. You are on a narrow road
    here and you will be on the wrong side so be careful not to hit the other
    cars. You will come to an intersection, go straight through it.
    
    Now you should be on the wrong side of a one-way street. try and keep to the
    left side of the road to avoid collision with other cars. Follow this road
    right to the end and make a right, trying not to crash against other cars.
    You should now be on a 4-lane road. Stay on one of the two lanes nearest to
    the pavement on the right.
    
    Now, when you have past the intersection, make the first right you possibly
    can, and try not to crash with the car turning into you. Follow this road 
    and at the end of it, turn right. Now, you should come to a part of the road 
    where you have the option of turning right or left, but it really doesn't
    matter what road you choose, because they both end up in the same place. I
    would take the one on the right as it has less traffic.
    
    The road you are on now has a lot of traffic, so try and wave through the
    cars. There should be black railings to your left. get on the right side of
    those railings and make a left at the intersection. You should now be on a
    long road that crosses over the Thames. There is traffic on both sides of 
    the road, and there is only two lanes on each side. I would stay on the left 
    side of the road, and just wave through the two lanes.
    
    Follow this road all the way to the end and try not to mess up your car a 
    lot here. When you are at the end of this long road you will come to a round-
    about. Go left on the roundabout, then make the very next first left. If 
    you miss this left, just go around the roundabout and make the turn again.
    
    Now you are on a very narrow road. I would suggest driving on the pavement
    until you reach big yellow and red road works, then I would just drive in 
    and out of the two lanes. This road is quite long. When you reach the
    intersection, go straight. If you go straight, you will hit a wall, but go
    down the road that is as straight as the road you are on now, but the road 
    you need to go on is a little to the right. When you are crossing this
    intersection, watch out for the cars coming from the right.
    
    Ok, this is a really long road. Follow it until you need to go left. You 
    have to turn left as soon as your indicators tell you to. As soon as the 
    indicators signal left, take the very first left. On this narrow road, make
    the first left. If you have followed my directions correctly, you will be at
    your destinations. You will see the red car parked to your left, and you will
    get hazard lights (when both indicators flash at the same time).
    
    ---------------------------------
     02 | Find Alex in the warehouse
    ---------------------------------
    
    Get out of your car and go over to the red car. Don't get in the car but go
    over to it. On the left of the car is a doorway. Go over to the doorway and
    go to the wooden wall to the left of it. Press X to press against it. Hug
    against the wall and move as far right as you can.
    
    Hopefully, by now, the guards haven't seen you yet. When you are ready, move
    the left stick one more time to the right and Mark should jump out in the
    middle of the doorway in a shooting position. Stay in this position until 
    the two guards on the floor are dead.
    
    In the shooting position in the doorway, hold R1 and you should lock on to a
    man wearing a red shirt to your right. Tap square whilst holding R1 and the
    man should die in a couple of shots. Move back and press against the wall.
    You should see another guard run out into the open. Kill him before he gets
    close to you.
    
    Now, there is one more guard in this place. He is hard to see, but you are
    easy to see from his eyes. If you walk through the doorway you were shooting
    from, you should see some barrels and some steps to your left. The man is
    standing at the top of those stairs.
    
    Stay hugged against the wall by the doorway. You can easily kill the guard 
    Up the stairs if you manually aim at the barrels. Press R2 when you are pressed
    against the wall, and aim at the red barrels that are at the bottom of the
    stairs. Shoot about three times and the stairs will collapse making a big
    explosion; the guard will also fall off of the balcony.
    
    Now, you have killed the guards outside, but there is still a hell load of
    people in the warehouse. When the stairs have been destroyed, go over to the
    right side of the open area where the two "Ramsbottoms" vans are. Approach 
    the doorway that leads to the warehouse from the right. A guard should come out.
    Shoot him a few times to kill him.
    
    Next stop: In the warehouse. This bit is hard, so be aware, and follow my
    directions carefully to keep your ass from being whooped. Run over to the
    stairs that you destroyed and there should be an AK lying on the floor. Pick
    it up because you'll need it.
    
    Now, run over to the doorway that leads to the warehouse. The doorway should
    be green and blue. Press against the wall to the right of the doorway. Move
    all the way to the left so you have quite a clear view of what is inside the
    warehouse. You should see a man shooting at you from behind a crate. He will
    pop out from side to side. When he is clearly in your view, press square. 
    You will perform "Blind Shooting", and a couple of shots with the AK and the 
    guard is dead.
    
    Mark is probably very tired and injured by now, if so, heal yourself by
    leaning against any wall. Quickly run into the warehouse. You should see a
    blue crate about the height of your character's hips. To the left of that 
    blue crate is a green pillar next to a huge pile of beer crates. Press against 
    that green pillar facing the centre of the warehouse.
    
    Be quick here. Make sure you are at the edge of the pillar so you are ready 
    to pop some heads if they come. A fat guy should start shooting at you, but you
    can easily take him out by trying your luck by blind shooting. Now another
    guard will come out but this one is more dangerous because he is carrying a
    Shotgun. Don't try blind shooting, just try and shoot him dead before he 
    gets close to you, because you will regret being shot by a shotgun.
    
    When the guy with a shotgun is down, turn back. Face the doorway that you used
    to get in the warehouse, and head down the path on YOUR right. Press against
    the huge crates of beer to your right, and make sure you don't go past and
    turn right.
    
    Quickly press against the beer crates to your right and a guard should be
    running towards you. If he is not that close to you, try blind shooting. If
    he is close to you then get out of wall hug mode very quickly and when he gets
    near you hit him with the back of your gun a couple of times by pressing
    square.
    
    When the guard is dead, go back to the same beer crates and go right to the
    edge. You should see a guard waiting for you at the top of some steps.
    Underneath are some red barrels. You can't get this guy by just shooting
    blindly so try the lean out shoot. Don't aim for the barrels because it will
    take too long, just aim at him and shoot. When he is down, you might as well
    just shoot the barrels just for fun, and to kill any nearby enemies if there
    are any.
    
    Now, don't think it's over, because it is not. If you step out of wall hug,
    and walk towards the barrels you just shot, you should see an open door. Don't
    get close to that door until you have full health and ammo. When you are ready,
    walk up to the door and a man should come out and start shooting at you.
    Quickly shoot him back before he goes back in the room and surprise attacks
    you. Make sure this guy is dead before you move on.
    
    According to me, there is one more guard in this room of the warehouse. This
    guard can be found on top of the steps where the two barrels were, he's not
    on the steps, he's in the room at the top of the steps. He might be already
    dead, but just go and have a check.
    
    If he's not there, you can move on to the next room. There is a doorway on 
    the other side of the room. It is on your right if you walk down the steps
    where the two red barrels were. Press against one side of the doorway and we'll
    take this bit on bit at a time.
    
    You should see a man walk from your left to your right, in between two 
    massive beer crates. This guard will not see you if you walk into the room.
    Walk into the room and run over to the beer crate on the right of where the
    guard patrols right and left. Hug against the crate, and wait. When the guard
    marches from the left to the right, press square a couple of times and hope
    that you hit him without aiming (blind shooting).
    
    Hopefully, the guard is dead. If he is dead, go over to the body, go right,
    and press against the crate on your left. You should see another guard
    waiting. Blind Shoot him and he should be dead in no time. Now, go to the 
    dead body and go left. Forget stealth now. Run forwards, and a guard should
    jump out. Quickly gun him down.
    
    Run to the end of the corridor and on your right you should see a doorway. 
    Go through that doorway, and you should see stairs to your right. At the top of
    those steps you should hear two guards talking about you. Wait for them to
    stop bitchin, then move up the stairs. When you are up the first few steps,
    hold R1 and you should aim at a guard. Tap square to kill him, then continue
    up along the stairs.
    
    At the top of the stairs, you should see a green doorway. Press against it 
    to see if anyone is there, if not, go in and crouch down behind the small green
    wall. As soon as you go in the room, two guards should come out. Quickly 
    hold R1 and tap square and they should be down in no time.
    
    Here comes the hard bit. Go around the small green wall through the gap on 
    the left. Don't go through the doorway, instead go around to where the two 
    guards came out. Stay by the barrel on the left and a guard should come out.
    Kill him before he gets anywhere near you. Turn around now facing the doorway
    that you used to come in by, and there should be another guard. Shoot him
    dead ASAP.
    
    Go back to where the barrels are and turn the corner. Press against the 
    Wall on your right by the door. You should see one or two men. You should be
    able to kill one of them by just blind shooting. If the other one isn't dead or 
    if both of them are still alive, lean-out shoot them.
    
    When you have killed both of them, run to the door at the end of the path 
    and you should see a man through the doorway in the dark. Follow him to
    complete the first mission of The Getaway. Now you have to watch a LONG movie
    with Charlie Jolson and the gang.
    
    Now save.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     b) Burning Bridges
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    This is the second mission of the game. The mission starts off with a little
    opening movie where Jolson gives you details of your mission. When the movie
    is finished, you are in control of the black Range Rover you are in. You 
    have to make it over to Frith Street.
    
    -------------------------------------
     01 | Get to the Republic Restaurant
    -------------------------------------
    
    Start by going left outside the warehouse. Ignore the first left turn on 
    this road. Follow the road straight until it curves right. When it curves
    right, make a left down the very first left turning. Try and drive like a
    normal driver so you don't get caught up with the cops.
    
    Follow this road until you get to the traffic lights. Make a right at the
    lights. When you get to the next set of lights, you will notice that the 
    road you want to go down ahead is being blocked off by the police. If you
    want to get chased by the police, brake through the police block, if not,
    go right at the lights.
    
    Follow this road all the way to the end, staying on the left lane. Make a 
    Left at these lights. You should be going down hill at the moment. Follow this 
    road past the first set of lights. Your car should start to indicate somewhere,
    ignore it. Make a right at the next set of lights, just past the overhead
    bridge.
    
    You should be going up-hill on a one-way street. This is a little short cut 
    I picked up on. Go left at the top of the road. Follow this road to the fourth
    set of lights. You should be at the place where there are four lion statues
    (I forgot what It's called). Go right at this place. Follow it round and 
    make a left at the next set of lights.
    
    Go left at the very first set of lights you come to. Take the very first 
    right on this road. Go straight through the intersection and you should see
    your destination to your left. Drive past the "Republic" and get out of your 
    car.
    
    --------------------------------
     02 | Set the restaurant alight
    --------------------------------
    
    Walk over to the restaurant and show no sign of your weapon. Outside of the
    place is a guard with no hair and he says you can't get in. Press X to get 
    him in a headlock, then press square to brake his neck. Get out your gun, and
    walk into the Republic.
    
    To your right are some stairs, and to your left is the main bar. Head in the
    main bar and tap R1 until you lock on to someone. Tap square when you have
    locked on a target to kill him. I no that there are two guards by the toilets
    at the far side of the room.
    
    When the first room has been cleared, rest against any wall to recover your
    health. Head out of the bar and walk slowly up the first few steps. Press
    against the white wall on your left, and lean out for a second, tapping R1. 
    If you lock onto someone, shoot them, and go back and lean against the white
    wall.
    
    Two people should come down the stairs, but they are not enemies, they are
    just normal people in what looks like to them a hostage situation. At the 
    top of the stairs now should be one or two guards. Lean-out shoot them quickly 
    so you can get rid of them. When they are down, walk up the stairs.
    
    When you get to the top of the stairs, ignore the room to your left and
    quickly just run past it. There should be another set of stairs ahead. Wait 
    at the bottom of them and a guard should come out. Kill him before he gets a 
    shot in at you. Now rest against any wall to recover your health, you'll need
    it.
    
    Now, face the top of the small flight of stairs and press against the wall to
    your left. You should be facing the other bar for private or rich people. On
    the far left side of the room you should see a man with a light blue jacket
    on. If you lean-out and hold R1, he will duck behind the chairs. What I
    suggest you do is hold R2 and tap square. But, it's up to you.
    
    Heal yourself, because your next opponent has a Shotgun. The one with the
    Shotgun is standing behind the bar. There is no way you can kill this guy by
    shooting from behind a wall, I suggest you just go face to face. Run in the
    room like a maniac, hold R1 and tap square like you've never tapped before!
    Pick up the guy's Shotgun and move out of the second bar.
    
    Walk up the next flight of stairs and at the top you should see another room
    or bar. Press against the left side of the doorway and you should see a man
    sitting on a chair to the left. Lean-out and a couple of shots with the
    Shotgun and he should be gone.
    
    Stay in the lean-out position and shoot the other two guards. Heal against a
    wall outside the room and make sure you have full health for the next bit.
    Walk into the room and on the far right of the room are two more guards 
    left, and there is still one more behind the bar.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Submitted by Paddy Somerton:
    
    "It seems that in every room in the level "Burning Bridges" apart from the
    first one, the person behind the bar always carries a Shotgun. I found this
    really realistic. I just thought that I'd tell you because it has something 
    to do with the level."
    
    ******************************************************************************
    
    The two guards not behind the bar are taking cover behind leather chairs. Try
    and kill both of them before the man behind the bar sees you. When you are
    shooting, the room slowly catches fire. You cannot prevent this from happening
    so make sure you kill the men quickly.
    
    Get out of the room quickly. If the smoke goes all over the place and Mark
    loses quite a lot of health, you might as well just die. You don't start the
    mission again if you die, but you will start from the top of the stairs, and
    the fire just started. You also get full health.
    
    Head down the stairs and when you go down the first small flight of steps,
    a man with a gun comes out so shoot him, quickly. Stand at the top of the 
    long flight of stairs, and hold R2. Aim at the entrance to the restaurant and
    you should be aiming at a policewoman trying to get everyone but you out. A
    couple of shots and she will die.
    
    Now run down the stairs. Do this all quickly because you don't want to get
    caught up in the flames. Get to the bottom of the stairs and go outside. Tap
    R1 and shoot anyone you lock onto. The police and the Collins's gang will be
    after you now.
    
    ----------------------------------------
     03 | Lose the cops and get out of Soho
    ----------------------------------------
    
    Hop in the red car parked outside once you have got rid of all the local
    police. Go in the direction the car is facing which is left and your 
    objective now is to get out of Soho and get rid of the police. Now, you don't
    have to get to anywhere specific, so I won't give you any directions. All I
    will tell you and all you need to no is, go through back streets to shake off
    the cops, and try and swerve in and out of traffic so the gang cars crash.
    
    If you get out of Soho, you complete the second mission.
    
    Now save.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     c) Art Appreciation
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The mission starts off with a scene with Charlie and Hammond on the phone,
    then it moves onto another scene with Liam in the strip club. You can't skip
    it, so change the channel if you're somehow offended by it, if not, watch 
    the boobs!
    
    --------------------------------------
     01 | Get to the gallery in Hyde Park
    --------------------------------------
    
    Okay, you have to make all the way over to Hyde Park. Now, I can't give you
    any directions because you start off where you left off from the last 
    mission. The first time I tried it, I ended up in Kings Cross, but my second
    time, I ended up in some place near the warehouse, so it all really depends.
    By now you've had enough practice driving. So all I can tell you is: follow
    your indicators.
    
    Let me just warn you that the police and different guards are after you in
    this drive to the art gallery. When you are in the grounds of the art 
    gallery (not in the actual building) you get a checkpoint. So, if you are
    still being chased by the feds and other gangs, drive quickly on to the grass.
    There isn't much point of shooting back at the police because most of the time
    the Triads will know who you are. The best thing to do is probably to just die.
    When you press "restart mission", you will start just outside the gallery and
    no one will be after you such as the police.
    
    ----------------------------------
     02 | Find the drug-filled statue
    ----------------------------------
    
    Okay, this is the main part of the mission. The beginning of this part is 
    best and easily done in stealth, so I would start by putting your guns away.
    Keep your guns hidden until I say. Casually just walk up to the main gallery
    and start a conversation with the woman at reception.
    
    You are not looking to start trouble here, for now you're just walking 
    around looking at the paintings. In this gallery you will notice the different
    comments from the visitors. When you enter the museum, go left at the
    reception. You should now be in a room with quite a big red sculpture of a
    red shell right in the centre of the room. Also, you should also see the
    stairs going up at the back of the room.
    
    You must NOT go up those stairs. They are RESTRICTED! On the right side of 
    the steps there is a Triad. Stand behind him and wait for a couple of seconds.
    Another Triad should walk up to the man you are hiding behind (well, not
    really hiding) and have a quick conversation. It is important to keep a low
    profile here so try not to move.
    
    When the Triad in the red jumper walks away, that's your cue to move. As 
    soon as the Triad in red is out of sight, press X on the man guarding the
    stairs. You will strangle him. Press square once while he is in your hands.
    Quickly run up the stairs before anyone sees you and when you get to the top
    you should still be in stealth mode.
    
    In the centre of this room is a man in a white shirt looking at a picture. 
    He is not a Triad, so leave him alone. You should notice two doorways; one on 
    the left and one on the right. Go through one of them, it really doesn't matter
    which one you go through. Before you walk through the doorway, press against
    the wall. If you see two Triads talking to each other just wait until one of
    them goes away.
    
    When one of them walks off, quickly creep up behind the one by the doorway 
    and kill him using X and square. Now, I'm not sure if it is possible to go any
    further without being seen. I've never got any further without being seen 
    but your game might be different so Email me if you have gotten further than 
    this without drawing your weapons.
    
    Get out your guns and wait for someone to run through the doorway. If you 
    hold R1 you will know if it's a Triad because it will automatically lock on to
    them. Kill at least one enemy before moving on.
    
    Now all of the Triads know who you are and what you are doing here. Every
    Triad in the museum now knows you are here so from here on keep your weapons
    out.
    
    The next bit is a bit random. Depending on how many Triads you have killed
    they will be shooting at you from different parts of the room. The best
    solution here is to probably just burst in and shooting every Triad that 
    comes across your sight. You will find them hiding behind sculptures, innocent
    people, and even outside the room. I say just stay in that room until you 
    are convinced that every Triad in there is dead.
    
    Once you think you have killed every Triad in the room you are in now, recover
    your health by leaning against any wall in the room. Move into the next room
    when you have full health and don't be surprised if you find any more Triads
    waiting for you.
    
    When you are in the room go left because if there is a Triad waiting for you
    he will always be on the left. When you have gone through to behind the 
    wall, just ignore the room and go straight to the top of the stairs. Hold R2
    and aim right at the top of the flight of stairs below you. When you see a man
    run up the stairs and into your view, shoot him dead. Keep in manual aim
    because after a short while another Triad should walk into your sight. Shoot
    him dead before he gets a shot at you.
    
    Once the two of them are dead, walk down the stairs. When you get to the
    bottom you should see a door open on your left. This is the only way to get
    out but don't go through just yet. Sometimes there is a guard quite close to
    you and he will sneak up on you from behind later on if you don't kill him
    now. Just explore the floor you are on until you find him. Once he is dead,
    head through the door.
    
    As soon as you go through the door, hold R1 and when you have locked on to 
    an enemy, tap square. When you have killed the guy, progress down the stairs.
    When you get right to the bottom of the stairs, press against the grey wall
    on your left. You should see a Triad with a shotgun waiting for you, so make
    sure you kill him quickly.
    
    If you get shot by the guy with the shotgun, Lean against the wall on the right
    of the stairs going UP, not down. One or two mean may come out of nowhere at
    the top of the stairs so be aware. Once you have full health, make your way
    down the stairs.
    
    Press against the wall on your right and lean-out shoot the enemy standing 
    out in the open. Make sure he is dead before you move on. Once he is dead go
    out of wall cover and shoot the guy shooting you from behind the box. Pick up 
    one of their AK's and heal yourself.
    
    Go back to the stairs with full health but face away from the stairs. You
    should see a wall in front of you but to the right. To the left of that wall
    is another passageway. Press against the wall so you have a clear view of 
    the path.
    
    In wall cover, lean out once and quickly press back against the wall. Doing
    this will cause two Triads to come out. With the AK, you should be able to
    kill the one nearest to you without looking; try blind shooting. And for the
    other one, you might want to lean-out shoot him.
    
    Once the second of the first two is dead, make sure you stay pressed against
    the wall. You need to have a clear view of the path because more than a lot 
    of Triads will come out. Anyway, at least two Triads come out after the first 
    two are down but these two will run towards you, not wait for you.
    
    At least three or four more Triads will come out now so getting out of wall
    cover is probably the easiest way to kill them all. Quickly get all your
    health back once they are all dead and try and pick up one of their AKs.
    Enemies come at random now so I can't really give you a walkthrough. I think
    one enemy comes from the stairs behind you and another one comes from
    different areas. Walk down the path and turn right at the end, where you 
    will find your mission objective.
    
    --------------------------------
     03 | Go to the Spotted Dog pub
    --------------------------------
    
    You now have to watch a small movie of Mark trying to escape the Triads with
    the statue thing that Charlie wants. Once you watch the Triads speak with
    their boss, you are in control of Mark.
    
    As soon as you start you will be in a blue car being chased by two dark red
    cars. Your indicators will be flashing right but you must ignore them until
    you are out of the grounds of the gallery. You should see one or two Triads
    standing on the grass shooting at you. You should really run them over 
    because this bit is easier with less enemies chasing you.
    
    Once you have run over a couple of Triads, stop somewhere by the front gates
    and get out. The two Triad cars chasing you will also get out and shoot at
    you. They will not be hard to kill so shoot them quickly, using your car as
    cover. Once they are all dead, stay on foot and shoot the remaining Triads 
    on foot, there shouldn't be many left, maybe one or two. Once you have cleared
    the area, get in one of the red triad cars because they have better 
    statistics and drive out of the gates.
    
    Follow your indicators left, then left again and into the big park. Follow 
    The path you are on quite quickly and stay on that path; don't turn on to any
    other path. Once you have followed the path all the way to the end, make a
    right once you are on the road. Make another right on the road then take the
    first left.
    
    Make a right turn just before the fourth set of lights and on to the wrong
    side of the one-way street. Stay in the middle of the road here because no cars
    travel down the middle. Make the forced left at the end of the road. Make the
    very first available right on this road and go to the road on the far right
    once again. Once you are on this road, make the very first left and you have
    completed the third mission.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     d) Aiding and Abetting
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    Okay, you've got Charlie what he wants and you're fed up with him and his
    games. The opening movie shows Harry and the gang beating the crap out of Mark
    because he said a little too much to Charlie. You are given instructions to go
    with Eyebrows and break Jake Jolson out of prison by knocking police van off
    the road.
    
    --------------------------------------------
     01 | Drive Eyebrows to stop the prison van
    --------------------------------------------
    
    You start off outside the pub with Eyebrows. Get in the white car parked by
    your side and wait for Eyebrows to join you. If you drive off without him 
    you will fail the mission because you can't complete it without him. In this
    little drive, don't alert the police. You need this to be a simple drive, 
    not a chase. You will find it very hard to cope with the filth on your tail.
    
    Start by making a right turn on to the road. Go straight and at the first set
    of lights look at the road straight in front of you. The road isn't really
    directly in front of you but it is a little to your left. It's the closest to a
    road in front of you than any of the other roads. At the end of this road, go
    right.
    
    At the intersection just ahead, go straight through it. This is probably the
    main road that takes you to the police van. You need to follow it straight 
    all the way to the bottom. Go through the one-way system (not in your
    direction) and if you go slowly the cops won't notice you. As soon as the
    indicator flashes to your left more than a couple of times, go down the first
    left turning you see.
    
    Somewhere along the road you are on you should notice your car showing 
    hazard lights (both lights flashing). This usually means that you have reached
    your destination and you need to stop, and this case is no different but...
    keep going here. You should be following the police van holding Jake. The van
    is being escorted by about three police cars.
    
    For some reason, when you are following the police van your car won't reach
    it's desired speed. It goes much slower because you are not supposed to ram 
    it off the road just yet. You will see some of Charlie's friends helping out 
    Mark and Eyebrows by crashing into the police cars and causing traffic. You
    will see this about twice in this short tail.
    
    When your car stops showing hazard lights that's your signal to ram the van
    off the road. There are different ways to do this, but it isn't hard. If
    you've played either of the GTA games on PS2, you will find it very easy
    because it is very similar to this.
    
    The van won't crash into anything like other cars, lampposts or even the walls.
    The van doesn't crash to make it harder for you to damage the vehicle. You will
    find that trying to get the van squashed against a wall will lose you quite a
    lot of time because it's just not possible.
    
    Ramming it from behind is probably the easiest way to complete your objective.
    It won't damage the van very much but it is really easy to master. The van goes
    at its fastest speed throughout the chase so ramming it from behind won't make
    it go any faster. Your other option on getting the van off the road is to
    attack it from the right side. This might be a bit more harder because cars
    coming towards you might hit you. Do your best to get this van off the road and
    don't worry about your car's health because it will heal after the cut-scene.
    
    -------------------------------------------------
     02 | Deliver Jake and Eyebrows to the warehouse
    -------------------------------------------------
    
    When you have completed your first objective, you will be shown quite a long
    cut-scene. Eyebrows will pull out an AK and destroy the really lazy coppers
    who don't even attempt to shoot back or call for backup. Once the police
    officers are all dead, Jake Jolson, the reason for all this trouble crawls 
    out the back of the van.
    
    Jake gets out and greets Eyebrows. Jake's really glad to see his old friends
    help him out of prison, but he's not very glad to see Mark - a former 
    Collins member helping Eyebrows out. Mark is really desperate to get out of the 
    crime-scene, but Jake is going crazy. Eyebrows hands him a Grenade Launcher and 
    with one shot he blows up the police van. After a short while an unmarked police
    car comes really quickly down the road, heading for Eyebrows and Jake, but Jake
    pulls out an AK, takes down the car and Mark is really shouting to get
    Eyebrows and Jake out. Eyebrows pulls out a man who looks similar to Jake 
    And puts the body by the van. He's doing what he calls "tying up a few
    details". Jake gets in the back of the car and Eyebrows gets in the front.
    Mark then drives off.
    
    You are now in control of Mark and the car. A LOT of police will be on your
    tail from here on. Start by going straight and after a short while you will
    come across an intersection. At this intersection sometimes two police cars
    cut across, but they usually are going really slowly so they're easy to get
    past.
    
    Once you have got past the first intersection, every copper in London will 
    Be on your tail. You need to make it back to Charlie's warehouse with Jake and
    Eyebrows. As Jake is hiding at the back of the car, you need to keep your
    silver Lexus clean. If you mash it up, you can't hijack another vehicle
    because the police will know you have Jake.
    
    Anyway, after the intersection, you need to make the very first left turn.
    This is quite a long road but you have to keep following it straight down
    until you come across a roundabout. At the roundabout, go to the right
    directly on your right. You should now be on a bridge crossing over the 
    river Thames.
    
    When you get off the bridge, make the very first left. Once you are on the
    main road, head through the very first right. Make first left turn once 
    again, then follow the road all the way to the end where you come across a 
    dead-end. Here, you make a right. Make the very next left and get on to the
    main road (high street).
    
    You should notice quite a lot of police vehicles blocking the road. They are
    not blocking the road very well so it should be no problem to get past them.
    When you past the roadblock, follow the road all the way down until you see
    your indicators signal left. As soon as you are signalled, go down the very
    first possible left.
    
    Now, follow the road you are on as it goes right. Make a left at the end of
    this road and the road you are on should lead on to the pavement. Go through
    the dead-end and go left as soon as you are on the road. At the end of this
    road, make a right turn, then make the next left turn. You should be now
    crossing over a bridge. When you get off the bridge, make the first right.
    Make the next two left turns and then pull off a right. You should now be
    outside of the warehouse. Drive the car in quietly to complete the level.
    
    Now save.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     e) Taxi For Mr Chai?
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The opening movie for this mission shows Jake creeping into the warehouse and
    giving the gang a little scare. Jake then gets a little jumpy and the lads take
    him upstairs. He is awaited by Sparks torturing some poor Triad hung up and
    being electrocuted. Jake gives Mark instructions to stay downstairs and not go
    away. After a call from Liam, Mark is convinced that Alex is upstairs in
    Charlie's office.
    
    ---------------------------------------
     01 | Sneak back into Charlie's office
    ---------------------------------------
    
    Your objective is to sneak past the Bethnal Mob and get into Charlie's 
    office. If you are seen, you fire a gun or you make too much noise, you will
    get caught and fail the mission. You will have to restart the mission if you
    get caught. The only way to kill the guards is to sneak up behind them,
    strangle them, then break their neck.
    
    Now, you start off by the entrance to the warehouse. You are ordered by the
    bald guard to stay there. The bald guy is standing by the doorway to your
    right. That is the doorway you need to go through to progress. Now, you have
    two options: 1) You can wait for the bald guard to walk away, then walk
    through the doorway. Or, 2) You can break his neck while he is standing there.
    He will not fight back so you should use the second method if you want to do
    this quickly.
    
    Walk through the doorway into the room with lots of beer crates. As soon as
    you walk in, you should clearly see a man "havin' a fag" just behind some
    crates right in front of you. He won't see or hear you, no matter how much
    noise you make. Just quickly get up behind him and press X. Press Square 
    when he is in your hands to break his neck.
    
    Now, if you can remember where the guy you just killed was standing and what
    way he was facing, directly in front of him, but to the lef a little. You
    should now be in an aisle in between some crates. There is another guard here
    but his back is turned away from you so his body is open for people like you
    to break his neck.
    
    Now, turn back and once out of the aisle go left. Press against the crates on
    your left and make sure the coast is clear before you move on. Go into the
    path and on your right you should see another small gap between two beer
    crates. Press against the crates on the right and you should see a doorway.
    Head towards the doorway, but don't go in. Instead, go left. You should see 
    A man with a yellow jacket. Break his neck quickly before he sees you.
    
    Now, somewhere on your right you should see another doorway. Quickly run
    through that doorway and in the corner you should see a dark space. Head into
    the darkness and hide under the stairs. You should see a guard walk down the
    stairs singing to himself. When he goes out of the room and into the room you
    were just in, make your way up the stairs. Don't worry about being loud here,
    because nobody is there.
    
    At the top of the stairs, press against the left side of the doorway. You
    should see Jake and the gang walk past. When they are all gone, quickly run
    through the doorway and into the room. One of them will say something like
    "go an' check if I left the wires on, will ya'?". When you hear something
    similar to that sentence, duck behind the short green wall. A guard should
    walk in your view and check the room where they were beating that Triad, 
    then he goes back and joins the rest of the gang.
    
    Now, you should see a doorway leading into one or more small offices. Don't
    go into that doorway, instead look to the right. Go around the doorway into
    the open space. Press against the wall on the left, and you should see 
    another guard with his back to you. Break his neck, go right down the hallway
    and into the doorway and into Charlie's office.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------
     02 | Drive Johnny Chai to the Sui Fung in Chinatown
    -----------------------------------------------------
    
    You now have to watch a movie with Mark giving Liam clues to Alex's whereabouts.
    Jake finds Mark in Charlie's office. He has a little conversation with Mark and
    then he leads him into the torture room. Jake gives orders to Mark to deliver
    this poor Triad, Johnny Chai, over to his turf, in Chinatown. Mark gets in the
    car while Grievous drags Mr. Chai into the car. After the movie, you are in
    control of mark.
    
    You have to drive all the way to Chinatown and drop off Johnny Chai at a 
    shop in Chinatown. It is not a long or hard drive. Just follow your indicators
    through Soho and through Chinatown. The police won't notice you much in this
    drive unless they see you doing some reckless driving.
    
    When you get to Chinatown, you complete the mission, but you still haven't
    completed the objective. You have to drive back to meet up with Jake and the
    boys. You really should save because the next mission is really hard and you
    need to have a save point.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     f) Out of the Frying Pan
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    Okay, the Triads are REALLY angry with you. You killed one of their loyal
    members and dumped him on their ground. They are giving chase and before you
    know it, every Triad and cop in London will be on your tail. Straight away,
    two Triad cars will be chasing you from behind. Not only that, but the cops
    will be swarming in AND Triads will be standing on the side of the road
    shooting at your car.
    
    ------------------------------------------
     01 | Lure the Triads to Hollywell Street
    ------------------------------------------
    
    You have to get all the way to Hollywell street which is quite far from
    Chinatown. There are many ways to complete the first part of the mission. 
    Most of you are probably thinking that it's best to just run and get out as
    soon as possible. Maybe that is the best way for both you but 90% of the time
    your crappy Honda won't even last long enough to get out of Chinatown.
    
    I would stay in your car for a bit, and run over anyone shooting at you;
    whether it be Triads or the police, just run over anyone you see holding a
    gun. You don't want to be running from a gang with a flat tyre now, do ya'?
    Anyway, I would stand just at the edge of Chinatown. If you try and ram the
    Triad cars off the road you will just end up with a messy car yourself. Get
    out of your car, the Triads will do the same, and take them out with your
    guns. Simple.
    
    Now, that crappy Honda Accord won't be much use to you now because it is very
    weak and even more slower. If you can, try and get in a Triad gang car. They
    have good acceleration, excellent speed and decent handling - almost perfect
    for a Getaway vehicle.
    
    Getting out of Chinatown is the hard bit, but once you're out, it's just a
    simple case of following your indicators. Hollywell street isn't very far 
    from where you are now, but the Triads and police will do their best to slow
    you down.
    
    Once you have figured out how to shake off the "unwanted attention" it's
    just a simple case of following your indicators. It is really hard to give
    you directions here, for various reasons. 1) There isn't really a "short-cut"
    to Hollywell street. 2) Most of the time you will be forced to take different
    turns because the Triads will ram you and the police will block off roads.
    
    The place you are looking for is called "Durrant and Taylor". The place has
    kind of a red outline to it. It also has a blue car with no wheels or engine
    by the opening of your destination. Get out of your car and sneak up on the
    Yardie standing by the blue car. Get back on to the road, and you should see
    four Triad cars closing in on you.
    
    It turns out that Jake, that mental case you broke out of prison, set you up
    between a war with the Triads and Yardies. You can't escape. The Triads are
    after you because of what you did to Johnny Chai and the Yardies will follow
    the Triads wherever they go.
    
    Your only option is to fight back, so wait for the Triads to get out of their
    cars. When they get out, shoot them down. Go for the car that's nearest to you
    and shoot only at that car. It's the easiest way to get rid of them if you take
    them out one-by-one. Each car has at least one or two Triads with Pistols and
    AKs; don't get scared, they are really easy to kill.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------
     02 | Survive the battle between the Triads and the Yardies
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Now, this is the hard part. You are in the middle of a gang war. If you just
    sit in the corner, you won't get anywhere, so you have to fight back at both
    of the deadly gangs. There's always two options: The easy way, or the hard
    way. In this case, you want the easy way because the hard way is almost
    literally suicide.
    
    Run into the arena which is just past the blue car. As soon as you run in, 
    the Yardies will most probably shoot at you. They will be shooting at you from 
    all over the place, so try not to get caught up. Shoot a couple of Yardies who 
    are at ground level but then you need to quickly find some cover.
    
    The best cover I found was right at the front of the arena. As you come into
    the crack house, go right. Stay close to the wall on the right and make the
    very next right possible. You should be behind a blue crate. After quite a 
    lot of research, I found that this is the best place in the arena to take
    cover.
    
    From here, all you need to do is shoot every Yardie and/or Triad that steps
    into your sight. They come from different places so I can't give you an
    accurate description. All I know is that, one Yardie with a shotgun will come
    for you very shortly after you found your cover. He will come from the left
    (if you are facing the crate from behind it) and he will always get a shot in
    before you even have time to think.
    
    One or two Triads might appear every now-and-then but you will see more
    Yardies than Triads. Stay behind the crate at all times because this will 
    give you a lot more time to think and it will also save quite a lot of your
    health.
    
    After about a minute or two of shooting, it will go silent. This is not your
    cue to start celebrating but it does mean you are close to victory. Just to 
    be safe, press against the right side of the crate and look into the open 
    arena. Don't expect to be the only person there because some Yardies would have
    survived.
    
    Anyway, you should now be pressed against the crate and you should have a good
    view of what's out there. If you see anyone in the arena, shoot them quickly
    before they can shoot you. Usually, you will find a couple of Yardies shooting
    out of the window. I find that they are easier to kill if you shoot them using
    manual aim instead of auto-aim.
    
    There is always one more Yardie in this mission. Go to the crack house building
    (the building the Yardies were shooting out of) and somewhere on the left side
    of the wall is a huge hole. In that hole should be another Yardie hiding
    somewhere in the corner. Kill the guy quickly because you really don't want 
    to be chasing a guy in the dark.
    
    When he's dead, run out into the open. Don't be surprised to find anymore
    Yardies because they never seem to disappear. If you can't find anyone and
    you've been looking around for ages, I think that's a good sign that the
    mission is complete. Go to the blue car with no wheels to complete the
    mission. If the mission doesn't end there, you have more gang members to 
    kill, so just get back in the arena and kill anyone you see.
    
    Now save.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     g) Filthy Business
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    This is definitely one of the hardest missions in the game. It is really 
    long and it just seems impossible the first 100 times you try it. This is
    usually the mission in the game that puts people off of the game because it 
    is quite early on in the game and it is REALLY hard. Please don't be put off 
    by this mission because it is really fun once you've beat it and you will be
    pleased with yourself when you do do it.
    
    Harry is more pissed off with Charlie and Jake than he ever has been. They
    sent him into a war between two of the biggest gangs in London. He nearly 
    died just because of one stupid man who decided to play a little game with
    Mark's life.
    
    Mark gets a phone call from Harry this time, and Harry sounds really
    sympathetic. Harry is leaving Mark a message from Charlie, telling him to travel
    to Snow Hill Police Station, all the way on the other side of London, and kill
    the leader of the Flying Squad: Clive McCormack. He also wants Mark to kill
    Yasmin, one of Charlie's old hitters. Harry tries to be nice to Mark, and he
    tells him that if he does this job, he'll get his boy back. Mark has no other
    choice than to agree to the job.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------
     01 | Find the telephone repair van in Grosvenor Place
    -------------------------------------------------------
    
    Okay, so now you have to find the Telephone Repair Van - all the way on the
    other side of London with the Police, SWAT and Yardies on your tail. Believe
    it or not, but this is probably one of the easiest parts of the mission, even
    though it is REALLY difficult.
    
    You start off outside the Yardie crack house in Hollywell street. The police
    know of your whereabouts and they will be giving chase. I find that the
    easiest way to get started on your mission is to wait a couple of seconds for
    the first police car to turn up. The police will park just a few metres away
    from you. When the policeman gets out, shoot him.
    
    Now, you need a motor. Your best option here is to turn around and get in one
    of the Triad cars. They are fast, strong and... fast - did I say that already?
    Anyway, get in one of them (they are both the same) and drive in the direction
    where the police car just came from. Go slowly and turn right. Try and make
    this right turn a really sharp turn on the pavement because a police car will
    try and crash into you.
    
    If you manage to dodge it first time, that's always a good sign. On this road,
    you will notice that it is very busy. Yardie cars tend to pop up here-and-then
    on this road, so you need to be alert. The Yardies sometimes make a roadblock
    on this road but the only way to stop that is to just drive around it.
    
    At the top of this road, turn left. You will be on a wide road here but it is
    one-way. Make a right at the first set of traffic lights but be careful
    because Yardies will shoot out of their cars here. Further along the road you
    will come underneath a tunnel. If your car has had enough, this is your chance
    to hijack another vehicle. Less police cars come underneath the tunnel so
    fresh wheels will make this ride that touch easier.
    
    Once you are out of the tunnel, straight away you will come to an intersection,
    go straight through it over the yellow lines. Follow this road all the way to
    the top. At the top of the road, you will be on the bottom of a T-shaped road.
    Go left at this road.
    
    On the road you are on now, make the very first right turn possible. It is
    quite a hard turn because it's on the other side of the road but it is much
    quicker than any other road. Follow this road for quite a while and somewhere
    along the road, you will come to a point where more than three roads meet.
    When you get to this point, take the road on the far road.
    
    Now, follow the road you are on and take a left when you come to another weird
    type of intersection. Now make the next first right which just happens to be at
    an intersection. You now have to go through very narrow back-streets in the
    wrong direction. Just try your best to follow this road and go as straight as
    you can. Follow the road until you get to the main road. When you get to the
    main road, go left.
    
    The road you are on now should follow into Trafalgar Square. When you are in
    Trafalgar Square, follow the roundabout roughly about half the way around.
    When you get to the four lion statues, take that very road OFF of the round-
    about. Now follow this road and make the first left turn. The road you 
    should be on now forces you right. Follow it right and somewhere on the left
    side of the road you should see some sort of ramp. Don't try and jump the ramp 
    because 90% of the time you will crash, hardcore. Anyway, at the top of this
    road, go left.
    
    Follow this road all the way until you come to a roundabout. On the round-
    about, don't make the first left, but follow the roundabout half way around
    and make second left. The road you are on now is usually very busy and full
    of buses. The van you are looking for is on this road. It is parked on the
    left side of the road (your right). When you get in it the police and 
    Yardies stop chasing you.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------
     02 | Eliminate the real telephone repair van and get to Snow Hill
    -------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Phew... aren't you glad that that bit is over. Anyway, you now have to watch 
    A cutscene of Mark talking to Liam over the phone. It seems that Charlie isn't
    keeping Alex at the depot, so he's going to check out the lock-up. When the
    cut-scene ends, you are in control of Mark. You soon get another phone call,
    this time from Harry, again. He orders you to kill the other mechanic who's
    driving towards the police station. I will give you directions to find him but
    you need to follow my directions EXACTLY how I say, because it is very easy
    to get lost.
    
    Start by going straight in the direction the van is facing. Make the very
    first right turn you can. I know you will be going on a one-way street but
    trust me, it's the quickest way. Follow the bend left and make the very 
    second right so that you are on the right side of the road.
    
    On this road, you need to hit the second left turning. Keep going straight 
    on this road and ignore the bend - just make the very first possible right 
    turn. Follow this road ALL the way to the top, through the intersection and
    make a left at the top of the road, then turn right. Make the very second
    right on this road.
    
    Ahead of you, you should see the van. It is almost identical to your van so
    you know what van you are going for. Ram it as hard as you can and after a
    very short while it will smoke. Ram it against the wall and block his escape
    via a small roadblock. Get out of your car and hopefully so will the other
    driver. Strangle him to death once he's out and then get back in YOUR van
    (you can tell it's yours because it's not smoking).
    
    Now, you have to make your way to the Snow Hill Police Station which is not
    very far from where you are. I can't give you directions to the station
    because you could be chasing the van for miles. Just follow your indicators
    all the way to the station. When you get there, stand outside and walk up 
    the stairs. That should be enough to trigger your checkpoint.
    
    ----------------------------------------------
     03 | Find a gun and kill Inspector McCormack
    ----------------------------------------------
    
    Walk into the station and you should find a police man waiting for you. He is
    quite annoyed with you because you are really late. You have your excuses so
    he lets you off. Follow him into the telephone connection room and he will
    wander off. He tells you not to wander so don't make a move until he's out 
    of sight.
    
    Okay, so now you're in the room and the copper has gone out of sight. Leave 
    the room and turn right, right again, left and follow the hallway straight
    until you hit a wall, when you hit the wall go right and head up the stairs.
    
    You should notice the carpet changing colour into blue. When you are looking
    for the evidence room, make sure you stay on the blue carpet, nowhere else.
    When you get to the top of the stairs, go right. Make next right again and 
    on your left you should see a doorway - walk through that doorway. Now make the
    very next two right turns and after the second right turn, the first room on
    your left is the evidence room.
    
    Go inside the evidence room, and near the back wall you should see a pistol
    lying on the floor. Pick up that pistol. In the evidence room, you should 
    find a lot of weaponry hidden behind bars. No matter what you try, you cannot
    get your hands on these weapons.
    
    Once you are over the fact that you can't pick up any of the shotguns or AK's,
    face the doorway (with the gun in your hand) and run to the left. Go through
    the first room on your right and quickly shoot all the officers in there. There
    should be about two coppers sitting at desks so kill those first. A few more
    police officers will come through the doorway on the far side of the room so be
    ready to shoot them.
    
    If you have been shot or injured in any other way, heal in the near left
    corner (facing inside of room from where you entered). When you are healing,
    face the inside of the room. On the wall to your right, there is a window.
    When you're healing, you should be able to look through the window which is
    very helpful because you can see when someone is coming.
    
    When you think that nobody is going to come in, go back out into the hall 
    and run towards the evidence room. On your left you should see another office
    if you look through the window. Manual aim through the window and shoot any
    coppers in the office.
    
    Stand outside the evidence and wait for a bit once there are no more officers
    in the office. More filth will come out of nowhere and randomly shoot at 
    you. Take them out one-by-one. When you've killed at least one or two cops,
    stand where McCormack was standing and go down the hallway on your right. You 
    should come to a hallway with a yellowish colour carpet. Take a left turn and
    run down the hallway. This hallway should have loads of different doorways on 
    the right wall. Watch out for coppers coming out of the doorways because they 
    will give you quite a shock.
    
    At the end of the hallway, go through the doorway on the left. In this room
    are two huge technical wire thingies full of electricity and wires. Anyway,
    there are also two police men standing in the room, and they are both hiding
    behind the two electricity blocks. Kill them both before moving on.
    
    When you have sorted the two policemen in the "wire room", go through the
    doorway that you didn't come in through. In front of you in an office you
    should see McCormack standing there shooting at you. Try and shoot him as 
    much as you can here because he's easier to kill afterwards if he's weaker.
    
    He will soon run off, so clear the office so you're the only human in the
    room. Make sure you have full health before moving on. Run out of the office
    and into the hallway. Sometimes you will find SO19 members (also known as 
    SWAT members) carrying sub-machine guns. If you do run into one, take him out
    As soon as you can, because those guns hurt!
    
    When you are in the hallway, go right and then turn left and head down the
    stairs. At the bottom of the stairs is always a SO19 member shooting at you
    so quickly kill him before you get hurt. Run to the bottom of the stairs and
    turn left.
    
    Right in front of you, you should find McCormack standing there, waiting for
    you. Shoot him as much and as quickly as you can. He will run away, so just
    follow him, shooting other officers and him as you go along. He will run for
    quite a bit but then he will run into a dark room. In this dark room, he 
    will just give up so shoot him a couple of times and he will die.
    
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     04 | Getaway with Yasmin from the police station and find Charlie's depot
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Now you have to watch a long cut-scene with Mark talking with Yasmin. After
    quite a long conversation, you have to escape the police station with Yasmin
    (you'll know who she is when you watch the cutscene and play throughout the
    game).
    
    Start by killing the guard who is standing at the doorway. You will have to
    fight through SO19 officers and ordinary policemen/women. SO19 officers will
    throw smoke bombs in your path to blind you but visibility is the only thing
    you will lose in the smoke - not health.
    
    Yasmin will have your back here but don't rely on her too much because she has
    health as well and if she dies you will fail the mission. Anyway, go straight
    down the hallway and make a left and kill the copper. Walk forwards a bit and
    you should see the glass smash and smoke appear. That smoke is a smoke bomb.
    Wait by it and slowly three SO19 members will come out of the smoke (hey! This
    is like the movies!). Kill them quickly because they have MP5's and they hurt.
    They do also have heavy armour on so it will take a LOT of hits with a pistol
    to kill them.
    
    Pick up their Sub-machine guns and move on. Make a left at the end of the hall
    and in front of you you should see quite a huge doorway. Run through that
    doorway with a gun in your hands and quickly manual aim. You should see the
    gateway closing. That's your escape so to stop it from closing you'll have to
    shoot the yellow box at the left of the gateway. It will break the yellow box
    and cause the gate to stop closing.
    
    If you shot the yellow box quick enough, you should be able to fit a car
    through the gate. If you can, hop in the silver car by the gate with Yasmin
    and drive through the gate. If not, walk through the gate and jack another
    car.
    
    From the gate, go straight under the tunnel, make a left, then make a right at
    the next intersection. Follow this road and when it ends, you should see an
    open gate that leads to a warehouse. Drive into the warehouse to complete the
    hardest mission in the game.
    
    Now save.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     h) A Touch of Class
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    Mark and Yasmin made it out of the station alive. They are both in a car just
    outside a warehouse. Mark gets a phone call from Harry, again. Harry sends 
    Him on yet another suicide mission, at the strip club. Mark tells him that 
    Yasmin is dead to see if that helps get Alex back, but Harry is taking orders
    from Jolson. He wants Mark to pick up some dancer named Layla from a club up in
    Soho. Yasmin and Mark decide that this is the perfect opportunity to find out
    where Charlie is keeping Alex.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------
     01 | Get to the Touch of Class nightclub with Yasmin
    ------------------------------------------------------
    
    So, when you are in control, you start off in a grey car. The car is fast and
    it has good handling. You may want to be a bit careful, though because the 
    car is a bit weak.
    
    Start by leaving the warehouse and going down the road directly in front of
    you. The road should be going downhill. On the road, take the third right 
    you come to, then take a right at the end of this road. Keep on going straight
    and eventually you'll run into a one-way street. You will be going the wrong
    way but as long as the feds don't spot you you'll be alright.
    
    Now, follow this road all the way, and when you pass 5 DIFFERENT intersections,
    then take the next left turn and you should be heading under a tunnel. Now
    follow this road and take the left at the first intersection you come to.
    
    On this road, you should shortly come to an alley-like road on your right.
    Head down this kind of alleyway all the way to the end. Here you need to make a
    right, then a left immediately afterwards. You are now on the same road as the
    club. The club you are looking for has pink writing on the banner saying
    "Class" in fancy writing. There should also be a man standing outside the main
    entrance.
    
    -----------------------------------------------
     02 | Find Layla the exotic dancer in the club
    -----------------------------------------------
    
    Get out of your car, with Yasmin, and keep your weapons hidden, for now. Walk
    past the guard (he won't do anything unless he sees your gun) and into the
    club. In the club, walk downstairs, and get out your holster guns. The Soho
    boys downstairs know you are about to come in, so be ready for some action.
    
    Okay, when you are at the bottom of the stairs, you should come to a big
    doorway. Don't walk through the doorway just yet because, this fight is a lot
    more easier if you go through it slowly rather than just bursting in shooting
    randomly.
    
    Anyway, press against the wall to the left of the doorway and you should see
    at least two Soho boys shooting at you. If you can see one, try blind shooting,
    but if it doesn't work, kill him using the lean-out shoot technique. For the
    second enemy, try and manual aim at his head to save bullets. Once the first
    two are dead, heal yourself if you need to, then move into the main arena.
    
    When you walk in, you should notice some normal pedestrians running around
    with their hands up, but don't waste bullets on them. Near the back of the
    room, you should see a bald man flip a table over and use it as cover. He's
    easy to kill if you're closer to him so quickly run over to him and blast 
    his head off.
    
    Next stop: dance-floor. In the centre of the club, there should be about two
    or three men shooting you. Take them all out with an AK (if you have one) 
    from behind the barriers. I don't even think it's possible to get that close to 
    the strippers in this mission.
    
    Once the men in the centre are all gone, go to the bar at the far left of 
    the room. Behind the bar is always a man holding a shotgun so kill him before
    he can shoot you. To the left of the bar is a doorway. These are the toilets.
    There usually are a couple of strippers in here but there always is at least
    one Soho boy in here.
    
    If you go to the back of the toilets, you should see a window. In the window
    is a man holding an AK-47. I don't think you can shoot him through the window
    but you can kill him if you go through the door. Get some rest, then head out
    of the toilets and into the room where the AK guy is standing. Kill him to
    complete the mission. If you don't complete the mission, run around for a bit
    and the gameplay should turn into a movie. The mission usually gets complete
    when you kill all of the Soho boys in the club.
    
    Now you have to watch an ending movie. It turns out that somewhere during 
    the shoot-out you or someone else shot that dancer, Layla. Mark gets really 
    pissed and fires his gun randomly in the air, creating a lot of noise. Yasmin
    gets an idea, and she gets into Layla's clothes, and pretends she is Layla.
    Mark calls Charlie, telling him that he picked up the girl. Charlie asks Mark
    to put Layla on the phone, and Yasmin has to put on a voice to keep her
    disguise. Charlie's instructions to Mark are to drop off Layla (actually
    Yasmin) at his house and meet him at the depot with the cash (It's hard for me
    to explain so watch the videos to understand better).
    
    Now save.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     i) The Cowgirl and the Cash
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    So now you have decided to team up with Yasmin to kill Charlie and get your
    boy back. You first need to take Layla to Charlie's mansion in Mayfair. You
    start off in a car with the Soho boys on you, Triads and the police. This is
    quite a hard drive but Yasmin will do her best to help by shooting out of 
    the passenger side.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     01 | Drop Yasmin at Charlie's house in Mayfair. Find the Yardie crackhouse 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Start by going forwards and going left. Take the second left on this street
    and you will come to a wide road. This road will be swarming with Soho's and
    Triads, so don't get caught up. Take the third left on this road, then take
    the next right shortly afterwards.
    
    The road you are on leads to a main road. Go right at the main road, then take
    the first left which is at the traffic lights. Make the next right at the
    intersection but be aware that you're going in the wrong direction of the one-
    way street.
    
    Make the next left turn without hitting the cops. Head straight through the
    next intersection and take the next left turning. Follow this road and you'll
    end up at a big round-about. Go left at the round-about, and follow it around
    the first two bends. After second bend, take the next road on the left. This
    road has a statue of a man there, so you know where it is.
    
    You are very close now. Just go through the intersection and Charlie's house
    is on the right. You'll know what one it is because it's the odd one out. It
    has two English Flags on statues just outside the main entrance. Yasmin should
    get out and wait there. When she's out of the car, you can go to the Yardie
    crack house.
    
    Spin your car around and go back through the intersection. Go as straight as
    possible down the road, even if the pavement gets in your way, and don't 
    follow the round-about. Follow this road and go through the intersection. After
    the intersection, take the next right.
    
    Take the next left at the next intersection and take the next left when you
    get to the top of the road. Shortly along the road you should come across
    some traffic light. Turn right at these light.
    
    Now, this is usually the part of the drive that you get lost. You need to go as
    straight as you can. Don't be distracted by any other roads. Don't worry about
    going on one-way streets because police don't seem to patrol around here.
    Anyway, if you followed the road, you will be eventually forced to turn left.
    Take the next right at the high-street.
    
    This is the confusing part. You'll have to follow this road as straight as 
    you can. After second intersection, you should come across a V-shaped road.
    Take the left side of the V. Further along the road, you will come to another
    police barricade. After this barricade, you'll meet another V-shaped road.
    This time, you'll need to take the right side of the V.
    
    Now, keep following the road straight and eventually you will come to a 
    roundabout. Go straight around the round-about (so if there was no roundabout, 
    it would be an intersection, go straight through the intersection). If you 
    follow this road, you will be forced to turn right. Take the next right and the
    Yardie crack house is on your right.
    
    ---------------------------------------------
     02 | Get the cash in the Yardie crack house
    ---------------------------------------------
    
    You will now have to shoot your way through the Yardies to find the cash. If
    you look around the house, you should find a driveway. Go to the left of the
    house and driveway and you will find a hole in the wall. Head through the 
    hole and press against the second wall on the right.
    
    You should see two Yardies talking and smoking together. Lean-out shoot both of
    them, and make sure they're dead. Stay pressed against the wall, and another
    Yardie should come out. Kill him before he gets close because you don't want
    him hitting you with the base of his gun.
    
    Now, look around the outside for other Yardies. When the coast is clear, go
    through the doorway. You should be in a small room and there should be about
    three or four steps going up. Head up those steps and you should hear some
    heavy music coming from upstairs. Anyway, go into the doorway on your right
    and kill everyone in there. There is usually a woman in there holding a
    butcher knife so be aware of her. When you feel floor is cleared, go up the
    stairs.
    
    When you are going up the stairs, tap R1 and if you lock on to anyone, tap
    square. Look in all the rooms apart from the hole in the wall on the right
    as you walk up the stairs. Shoot every person you see. When you have killed
    all of them, go through the hole in the wall. You should find one or two
    Yardies waiting for you here. Kill them, and don't go up those stairs.
    Instead, go back through the hole and go up those stairs.
    
    When you are going up the stairs, you should come across two Yardies standing
    by the steps. Shoot and kill them both. Now, head up the small flight of steps
    and the room on the far right is where the cash is. Go in the room with full
    health and ammo. There are three henchmen Yardies in that room and one is
    holding a shotgun. Kill one or two of them and the screen should turn black.
    
    You complete the mission when you have the bag of cash. All 300,000. The
    next mission is really hard, so I recommend saving your game.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     j) A Cat in a Bag
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    So now you have 300,000 in the bag. You start the mission with a movie with
    Mark talking with Liam over the phone. Mark leaves the money somewhere in a
    car just outside the crack house and tells Liam to pick it up later and forget
    about Charlie because Yasmin is already working on Charlie. You are in control
    after the cut-scene, and you start on foot outside the Yardie crack house.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------
     01 | Get to the depot to exchange the money with Charlie
    ----------------------------------------------------------
    
    Straight away, you should see a Yardie running towards you with a baseball
    bat. Kill him as soon as possible. Get in one of the cars parked on the side
    and go right. At the end of the road, go left and immediately take the next
    right. Follow this road straight, all the way down. At the round-about, go
    right. Just follow this road and soon you will get hazard lights. Go inside
    the depot and you will watch a scene.
    
    The scene shows Mark playing a clever little trick on Jake and the boys. Mark
    puts a cat in the bag and pretends the cash is in the bag. The cat jumps out
    of the bag and scratches Jake in the face. Mark takes that chance and runs into
    the warehouse.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------
     02 | Escape from the Bethnal crew and go after Jake
    -----------------------------------------------------
    
    You start off in control of Mark inside the warehouse. Press against the crate
    in front of you and you should see Jake, Eyebrows and Sparky talking about you.
    When they all split up, Sparky should come your way. Try and gun him down.
    Don't get close to him because he will pistol whip you, and that hurts. Be
    careful, though, because Sparky can take a lot more damage than most of the
    other guards you try and kill throughout the game. He will take a lot of shots
    before he dies, so just be warned about that.
    
    Now, once you've taken care of Sparky, wait for a few seconds behind the same
    crate. About three or four guards will come out and try and shoot you. These
    guards, however are not as strong as Sparky was. These are just average guards
    that should die in a couple of shots.
    
    Now, once you've taken care of the guards, run in the direction where they came
    from, the same direction where Sparky came from. Now, on your left you should
    see a lot of crates on your left. Go to the furthest crate down the line and
    you should see someone shooting at you. Don't waste your bullets on him,
    though, because that person is Jake, and he is invincible at the moment. Lean
    out and run towards him. He will run off but don't chase him. Instead, quickly
    heal yourself and just wait for a while.
    
    Run out into the open where Jake ran to, and you should see a guard come out
    from the right, and two heavies shooting from the far left. Take the guy
    nearest to you out first, then slowly gun down the two shooting you from the
    left. But, be warned. Where the two guards are shooting you from, some
    explosives will be moving along the electronic thing. Don't go anywhere near
    those boxes, because if you do, the guards will shoot it and it will blow up
    and kill you.
    
    Now, once you have taken out all the guards around you (they come out at random
    so I can't give exact locations), run to where Jake was running to. You should
    end up by some stairs that lead to a balcony. There should be someone shooting
    at you with a shotgun on the balcony, so kill him before you get badly injured.
    
    This bit gets pretty hard now. To the right of the stairs, there are some more
    crates. Behind the crates are some explosive barrels and two guards waiting in
    pray. Now, these guards have AK's and/or shotguns, so to take them out without
    getting hurt, shoot the barrels. They might be a bit hard to find because there
    are loads of crates around and you're in a rush. Anyway, once you have shot the
    barrels, run to the stairs.
    
    When you are at the bottom of the stairs, turn around, and if you see a
    gunshot or a guard, kill the guard. What you don't want is someone shooting
    you when you're standing on the balcony. This is because they're bloody hard
    to see, let alone try and shoot them.
    
    When you are up the stairs and on the balcony, you should see Jake run through
    A doorway on the left. If he is standing by the doorway shooting you, shoot
    back or get close to him and he should eventually run off. Now, you should
    notice someone shooting at you from the far, far side of the room. I have not
    found a way to take out this guy other than getting close to him. That will
    take ages, so just pick up the shotgun and run through the doorway.
    
    Now, heal when you get through the doorway. If you see Jake, just follow him.
    But, if he's gone ahead quite quickly, go left and run up the stairs at the
    end of the hallway. Then, go down the next flight of stairs you find. You
    should be in the main reception of the warehouse. Jake should be standing by
    the desk, shooting at you. You can easily scare him off by shooting him or
    running towards him.
    
    Follow him as he turns left at the end of the doorway. On both sides, you
    should see quite a lot of doorways. Follow the hallway you are on and at the
    end, you should see a doorway on your right. You will notice the doorway is
    pitch black. There's nothing you can do to avoid it, so just run in and Jake
    and the boys will jump on you.
    
    Now save.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     k) The Prodigal Son
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    (Be warned..... this is one of the hardest missions in the game)
    
    It seems as if chasing Jake into that dark room led you right into a trap.
    Jake knocks you out (you don't see this) and locks you in a cell along with
    Yasmin. When you wake up, Charlie invites all of the big crime figures of
    London to a little meeting. He tells all of the gang leaders that Mark Hammond
    will be there, and they all agree to come. When Charlie, Harry and Jake all
    leave the cell, you meet Frank Carter for the first time. You make a little
    deal with him and he breaks you out of the cell.
    
    -------------------------------------------
     01 | Escape from the basement with Yasmin
    -------------------------------------------
    
    After the opening movie, you are in control of Mark. Yasmin goes on ahead and
    picks up the pistol that Carter left behind. Stay tight behind her as she
    kills the first two guards. Pick up their weapons and go left. You should
    notice that you are in an underground tunnel, underneath Charlie's warehouse.
    Anyway, go left and kill the guard in the room. He sometimes carries an AK so
    pick that up if he has one.
    
    Look around the room you are in now and you should see some stairs somewhere
    nearby. Head up the stairs and kill anyone that gets in your way (apart from
    Yasmin). Yasmin will follow your lead now, so you're in control. When you get
    up the stairs, you should find yourself in the middle of Charlie's warehouse.
    A lot of men will be in the warehouse. They will be carrying loads of
    different weapons, from pistols to shotguns.
    
    Not much advice I can give you here. There are a hell load of guards, and
    even more crates that you can use for cover. Use your imagination. Anyway, you
    should be quite familiar with the warehouse as you have been there a couple of
    times before in the early missions. Heal when you get the chance, and shoot
    every guard you see, because you never know... you might meet up with them
    again later on in the mission.
    
    When you are convinced that you have killed the majority of guards in the
    warehouse, get out of the warehouse. You should remember where the doorway is
    at the front of the warehouse. When you are out of the warehouse, you should
    see a silver Lexus. Right now, you have no choice but to hop in and drive
    off..... NOW!
    
    -------------------------------------------
     02 | Get to Charlie's mansion with Yasmin
    -------------------------------------------
    
    You are driving to Charlie's warehouse. This is your one chance to see if
    Charlie is holding Alex in the mansion. To get there, just follow your
    indicators. I must have been daydreaming while I was scribbling down my 
    notes, because I forgot to write down the directions, and I'm not doing that
    level again. So..... sorry about that one, guv'!
    
    You should be used to following your indicators by now, it's not very hard.
    Anyway, Mayfair's not too far away. When you get into Mayfair, you should be
    able to find Charlie's place, you've been there once before, it's the biggest
    place in Mayfair.
    
    -----------------------------------------------
     03 | Avoid the electronic traps and find Alex
    -----------------------------------------------
    
    So, when you get there, get out of your car and follow Yasmin. She will lead
    you down the stairs by the side of the front door. Go into the first room, and
    Yasmin will warn you about the amazing security. She will be waiting by the
    doorway. Go through that doorway, and some lasers should appear in front of
    you. Press against the wall on your left and slide your body past the lasers
    to get past.
    
    When you get past the lasers, they will turn off and Yasmin will follow you.
    Ignore the room on your right, and go through the doorway further down the
    hall on your left. Quickly gun down the guy in the kitchen and go through 
    the doorway on your right. You should now be in a big open room with lots of
    paintings on the wall. Two men should come running in from the far left of 
    the room. Kill them both before they get a shot in at you.
    
    Now run through the doorway that the two guards came from. The room you are in
    now should have lots of shelves by the right wall. Ignore the boxes and shelves
    and concentrate on what's going on in front of you. A guard should enter the
    room with a shotgun from the far right side of the room. Make sure you don't
    run through the doorway until you kill the guy with the shotgun. Once you've
    killed the guy with the shotgun, kill the guy behind him.
    
    Move through the doorway and you should come to a room that is very similar to
    the room you just came from. Go to the end of the room and you should see some
    stairs on your right. If the guards know of your whereabouts, they will be
    shooting you from the top of the stairs. If this happens, just gun them down
    from the bottom, but just so you know, if you shoot a guard and he rolls down
    the stairs, he won't touch the lasers. Anyway, if the guards don't know 
    you're here yet, just press against the wall on the left and slide your way
    through the lasers.
    
    At the top of the stairs, you should see a doorway in front of you that leads
    to the balcony/roof. There is also a garage to the right of the stairs that
    has a TVR parked in it. You can look at it, if you like, but driving it will
    get you nowhere because you can't go anywhere! So, ignore the TVR and get onto
    the roof. There should be about one or two men shooting at you on your level,
    and a guy shooting from the balcony above. Take them all out and heal.
    
    Go towards where the man was shooting you from the balcony, and go through 
    one of the two doorways. It doesn't matter what one, but walk slowly and some
    lasers should appear in front of you. You should be able to roll under these
    lasers (press X) with a small run-up.
    
    When you're through the lasers, they will disappear. Wait for Yasmin to catch
    up with you and go to the bottom of the stairs, you should see a man running
    down the stairs. Shoot him dead. Once you are sure that he's dead, turn around
    and there should be another guy shooting at you. If all goes to plan, Yasmin
    should take care of the guy behind you, but sometimes it will be easier if you
    take care of him. Anyway, when he's dead run up the massive flight of stairs.
    
    When you get to the top of the stairs, more laser beams should appear and
    block your way up the stairs. You can't get past these lasers and go up the
    stairs just by pressing against the wall and sliding past them, to get rid of
    them, you'll need to deactivate the pressure pads. To do so, start by going
    through the doorway on the far right (from the top of the stairs). More lasers
    should appear behind you, so that leaves Yasmin alone in the hall. Go through
    the clear doorway on the left, and even more lasers should appear, covering up
    the whole room.
    
    The nearest lasers to you should be pointing in a horizontal position, and you
    should be able to roll under them quite easily. Be careful here though, because
    one wrong move could cost you your life. Move slowly towards the right side of
    the room and roll under the lasers. Press against the wall right next to you.
    Slide your way past the lasers and make your way through the doorway and get
    onto the stairs.
    
    Yasmin should be waiting for you outside. Sometimes there are guards shooting
    at you and Yasmin from all the different stairways. Take them all out from the
    platform you're on and make your way up the stairs.
    
    When you get up the stairs, you should notice that the hallway is in nearly
    the exact same layout as the one you just came from. walk slowly through the
    doorway on your right. Don't go in too quickly, though, because chances are
    you'll probably run straight into the lasers. If you get into the room safely, 
    you should see a pool table right in the centre. Press against the wall on your 
    right and slide through first set of lasers. Roll under the next lasers lined
    up next to the pool table. Go around the pool table and roll under the same set
    of lasers, but on the other side of the table.
    
    Now, go through the doorway in front of you and you should be in a room with
    a sofa and a lot of chairs. There are also a lot of lasers in the room all
    going in different directions. This room is very complex as I'm sure you know
    already. Start by rolling under the lasers in front of you, press against the
    nearest wall and roll under next lasers. You should now be standing by the
    doorway. Go through the doorway to deactivate the lasers.
    
    You should see Yasmin outside, again, standing by the stairs. Run up the next
    flight of stairs and shoot all of the guards standing and shooting you from the
    stairs. Quickly kill all of them and rest your health on a wall somewhere on
    the stairs. When you get to the top, you will notice that the hallway is
    slightly different to the two previous hallways you've already been in. The
    doorway that is usually clear on the right now has the door. To get past the
    lasers, face the door on the right and look right. You should see a dark
    passageway. Run down the dark hallway and go through the doorway on your left.
    
    When you enter the room, you should see a bed in the centre of the room and
    some horizontal lasers running through and over the bed. To get past them, just
    roll under the lasers, go around the bed and roll under the lasers on the other
    side of the bed. Walk slowly through the doorway here and roll under the lasers
    on the far side of the room and exit through the doorway. Ignore the other
    lasers in the room you were just in, because you just need to roll under the
    ones at the back of the room.
    
    Get out of the laser room and all the lasers should deactivate. Yasmin should
    be standing by the stairs shooting the guards above. Help her in her mini gun
    war and make your way up the stairs and enter the room on the far left to
    complete the missions. Enjoy that mission? Well, you have no idea what you're
    getting yourself into by trying the next mission!
    
    I don't think I've told you this before and I think this is my only chance. If
    you touch any of the lasers in this level, you don't die straight away but
    poison gas does come out of the pressure pads. If you get out and away from
    the smoke in time you can heal yourself and the gas will go away. Also, the
    descriptions I have given to get past the lasers aren't that great. Reason
    being that it's quite hard to describe where and when the lasers appear.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     l) Aboard the Sol Vita
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    So it seems that you spending all that time and energy was worth it, but it
    wasn't good enough. The opening movie shows Alex being dragged into a car
    with Charlie's heavies. Mark is just about 5 seconds late to catch up with
    Alex. So, he rings up Carter, and he tells him to meet up with all the gangs
    on a Cargo Ship called the "Sol Vita". On we go!
    
    Before we start, just let me tell you a few things: 1) This is the last
    mission as Mark Hammond, so as you'd guess it is REALLY hard, 2) Driving to
    the Sol Vita is a really long journey, so be patient with my directions, and 3)
    The police Yardies and Soho boys will be chasing you throughout the drive.
    
    ----------------------------------------
     01 | Drive to the Sol Vita with Yasmin
    ----------------------------------------
    
    Okay, you need a motor... a fast motor...... a really fast motor. Now... Where
    would you find a car like that in London? Well, that's what I thought at first
    but then I looked around and I remembered. Do you remember the TVR parked in
    Charlie's garage in the previous mission? Anyway, if you want a fast car (well,
    you need a fast car here) you can hop in Charlie's TVR. Go down the stairs into
    his mansion and run through it. Go up the stairs and get in his TVR.
    
    Once you are in, the garage door will open for you. Drive left out of the
    garage and take the next left on the high road. Follow the road all the way
    straight until you come to a big round-about, and remember not to crash or
    disturb the police, because you don't want them on your tail throughout the
    journey.
    
    Get onto the round-about like a normal person, and follow it left. Follow it
    around the first bend and take the next left off of the round-about. You
    should now be on a really busy road. You need to keep your TVR in mint
    condition so drive slowly and just swerve through the traffic. Or you can
    drive fast on the pavement and run people over but that's a big risk because
    the police might give chase.
    
    Follow this road until you get to Buckingham Palace. Go through first set of
    lights and stay on right lane. Go right slightly at the next set of lights and
    take the next left. The road layout here is a bit confusing and it's hard to
    put into plain text, so just follow your indicators.
    
    Take the next left and you should be on a long, narrow, busy road. This road is
    the road that usually gets rid of your TVR car. Soho boys are usually driving
    along this road waiting for you. If they see you, they will crash into you and
    shoot you, alerting the police. The only advice here is to drive slowly if you
    want to keep your TVR. Otherwise, go as fast as you can through the empty lane
    in the middle of the road.
    
    Follow this road all the way straight and ignore any turnings. Head over the
    bridge and watch out for gang members and police cars. Also, don't stay in the
    middle lane because there is a fence that looks like a yellow cone, and you'll
    crash into it. Once you are off the bridge you should come to a square shaped
    round-about thing. Go left at it and go right. Take the very next left turn off
    of the square-about (made up word) and stay to the left side of the pillars.
    
    Follow the road as it turns left and turn left once again. Watch out for
    Yardies on this road because they tend to show up sometimes on this road.
    Follow the road under the tunnel and take the next possible right. Doing this
    will put you on the wrong side of the road, but you'll need to break through
    some cones on your left to get on the right side.
    
    You should soon come up to a really big round-about. Take the road off the
    round-about on the right. Take the very first left on this road and go straight
    through the traffic lights. Follow this road as it bends to the right and
    ignore the road on your left. At the top of the road when you get to a T-
    intersection, go left. Shortly after, you should come to an intersection. Take
    a right at this intersection.
    
    On this road, try and take the second right which should be at a small
    intersection. Follow this road as straight as you can and try your best to
    stay on the same road and ignore any turnings. Go through the packed one-way
    street which should be packed so use the pavement if you need to. Go left at
    the next set of lights you come to after the one-way street. Take the next
    right. Keep going along the road and go down the second possible right
    turning.
    
    Now keep going straight through the one-way system and go left at the top of
    the road at the T-intersection. Go right at the next intersection and you
    should be on a narrow and busy road. If you've shaken the cops and no gangs
    appear to be near, go slowly down this road because it's quite hard to swerve
    through this traffic. Ignore the construction thing on the left. You should
    see two small roads going into this construction thingy, but just ignore them.
    
    Keep going along the road and quite soon you should come to a long line of
    cones blocking your entry down the road. Break through the cones and you 
    should come to a dead-end. You probably won't know it but, this is your
    destination. Get out the car along with Yasmin, and you should see some
    pillars on the left (it depends what side you're facing). Go through the
    pillars and you should come to an alleyway with lots of rubbish bins and
    trash. Run through the rubbish and run through the hole in the fence at
    the back of the alleyway.
    
    ----------------------------------------------
     02 | Search for Alex on board and kill Harry
    ----------------------------------------------
    
    You should run into a big open space with the Sol Vita on your right a little.
    You can't get onto the ship from this side, so go around to the left where 
    The three BT vans are. Run to the right of the BT vans and get around the
    ankle-height yellow and black railings. Hopefully, Yasmin will lead the way
    from here but just in case she doesn't, just follow the side of the ship until
    you reach some stairs that lead to a ramp that leads to the ship.
    
    As you approach the ship, you should hear some gunshots. Don't worry too 
    much, though, because the gunshots aren't for you. As you get on the ship, you 
    will notice that this is a war between the Bethnal Green Mob, Soho Boys,
    Yardies and Triads. You need to get in between the crossfire and shoot your way
    through the gangs (mainly Bethnal Mob) to get your boy back.
    
    Follow Yasmin as she boards the ship. Now, you can either do this the easy
    way, or the hard way. The easiest way is to run right as soon as you get on
    the ship and hide behind the crate. Shoot any gang member your gun points at
    but watch out for the Yardie packing the shotgun. The hard way is to run
    across the bridge thing and shoot everyone over there. This is a rough map
    that I drew out of the ship:
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------
    SSS                         BM         GG                        SSS
    SSS<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<   | XXXXXXXXX
    ________     _______________________________________________  ^    | XXXXXXXXX
            |BBB|                                               GG^G   | XXXXXXXXX
            |BBB|                                      ccccccccc  ^    | XXXXXXXXX
            |BBB|      CCCCCCCC       CCCC             ccccccccc  ^    | XXXXXXXXX
    ________|BBB|_____ CCCCCCCC _____ CCCC ___________ ccccccccc  ^    | XXXXXXXXX
          (2)                                                (1)  ^    | XXXXXXXXX
                               >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>^    |
    ----------------------- RRR^RRR ------------------------------------
                            RRR^RRR
                            RRR^RRR
                               ^<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
    
    ------------------------------------------------------
    | key:                                               |
    | S    : Stairs                                      |
    | B    : Bridge (loads of gang members)              |
    | C    : Crates                                      |
    | R    : The ramp that you use to get on the ship    |
    | X    : You don't need to go there                  |
    | (1)  : The easy way                                |
    | (2)  : The hard way                                |
    | BM   : Box Mover                                   |
    | G    : Gang Member                                 |
    | > ^ <: The path you need to follow to progress     |
    |                                                    |
    ------------------------------------------------------
    
    NOTE: There are a lot of gang members on the ship and I can't give you exact
    locations of where they appear. I have missed some out on purpose because
    there's no space on my map to fit them in. But take note that all the gang
    members move around the ship, so I don't know where they always are.
    
    Take a look at the map I drew out. The stairs on the top left corner of the
    ship and map is where you need to go. The X's on the right of the map are
    totally pointless, and you don't need to go there. But look at the crates I
    drew out. You can use them as cover if you want, but the best way is to stay
    behind the crate on the right, and don't press against it. Shoot the gang
    members where they are located on the map but watch out for the Yardie or 
    two holding shotguns. Follow the arrows on the map to get to the right place.
    
    Or, you could go the hard way. This involves a lot of skill, and a lot of
    pain. The hard way is to follow Yasmin and shoot everyone shooting at each
    other on the bridge thing. Doing this will not give you a chance to heal 
    until you've killed everyone on the outside of the ship.
    
    When you have decided what route you want to take and you're happy with it,
    head up the couple of steps on the far left of the ship and stand at the
    bottom. Yasmin should run up the few steps and go on ahead, but just stand at
    the bottom of the stairs for now. Two men should appear as soon as Yasmin is
    about to turn the corner. Shoot them from the bottom of the stairs.
    
    When the two guards are dead follow Yasmin. Run down the passageway and as
    soon as you turn left, tap R1 and press Square. You should lock on to a man
    holding a shotgun, and a guy with an AK standing behind him. Quickly take 
    them both out, but make sure you get the guy with the shotgun first because
    he'll injure you much more than the other guy.
    
    When those two guards are dead, go through the doorway on your left where
    Yasmin went. She should be standing there waiting for you. You should see
    some steep stairs by the left of Yasmin. Head down those stairs and now you're
    alone. Yasmin will go the other way and meet you on the other side.
    
    Head down the stairs and go left. I don't think you can stop from getting shot
    here so don't get too angry if someone shoots you from below. Quickly get some
    rest by the wall on the left. Head down the next pair of steep stairs and wait.
    You should see a guard wearing a red jacket appear from behind the machinery
    in the centre of the room. Shoot him and the guy behind him. Pick up their
    AK's (only if they had one) and quickly get some rest.
    
    Look at the doorway to your left. Run through that doorway and hold R1. If 
    you lock onto someone, tap or hold square (depends what gun your holding) and 
    kill them. If no-one is in sight at the moment, manual aim at the orange
    barrels to your near right and shoot them. You should see someone scream,
    that's a sign that they're dead. Now, usually two guards appear from both of
    your sides. The one that comes around from the right is usually packing a
    shotgun, so take him out first. The other guy that comes out from your left
    should be holding an AK.
    
    When they're both dead, run back through the doorway you came from and heal.
    When you're resting, make sure you're facing the doorway just in case someone
    rushes in and starts shooting you. If this does happen, be ready for it.
    
    Run through the doorway and go right. If you see anyone, gun them down. Press 
    against the wall on your left, and you should see two barrels. Lean-out and a 
    guard will pop up from behind the barrels with a shotgun. Shoot him dead, but 
    leave the barrels at peace for now because aiming and shooting them will take 
    away precious seconds. Two more guards should come from behind the barrels and 
    they will be running towards you. Quickly shoot them before they get close or 
    you can shoot the barrels for a more "styled out" killing. Up to you.
    
    When all the guards are dead, run down the hall thingy but don't go past the 
    wall that turns right. Instead, press against it and you should see a huge 
    pile of barrels. You should also be able to see the leg of someone standing 
    on the balcony. That guy is holding a shotgun. Don't waste your time shooting 
    the barrels, instead, just shoot the guy dead.
    
    Now, run to the wall on the other side (so you can see the hallway thing that 
    you were going down before you shot the guy on the balcony) and press against 
    it. You should see some guards in the distance. Lean-out to show them that you 
    are there and hopefully they will run towards you. If they don't, just take 
    them out one by one. 
    
    Now run to where the guards were once you've killed all of them, and go
    through the only doorway on your left. Now, as soon as you enter this room,
    you should see loads of crates. Also notice the crate on the ceiling, because 
    that will eventually drop on you. Run straight and go left when you are forced 
    left. Go right through the next gap between the crates. A guard should appear 
    with an AK from the left somewhere. Kill him, and stand where he came from. 
    From here, you should be able to see and shoot the guy shooting you from the 
    balcony above.
    
    NOTE: In the room you are in, I told you about the crate on the ceiling. It 
    is very important that you are aware of this crate because it will drop on 
    you if you're not careful. When you stand under it for a short period of time 
    (it tends to follow you around all the time anyway) you will hear some beep 
    noises. When you hear the beeping sounds, run! Get out of the way and run in 
    any space you can see. If the crate lands on you - you're dead. 
    
    When you've killed the guy on the balcony and the guy that was packin' the AK,
    run up the stairs (they're somewhere on the left hidden behind some crates).
    When you get up the stairs, you should see a guard come out from the doorway
    on your left. If he does come out - shoot him, if he doesn't, run through the
    doorway and blow his brains out.
    
    Now go through the other doorway on top of the balcony. Stand at the top of
    the stairs and shoot the orange barrels somewhere on your left. The sign of 
    someone screaming means that you killed someone, if you didn't hear a scream, 
    just be cautious when you're at the bottom of the stairs. Walk down the stairs 
    and shoot anyone you see (I've never met anyone here but someone might just
    pop up on your game). Walk down the further down the hall and on your right 
    you should see another doorway, go in it.
    
    In this room, you will find the same crate on the ceiling, and yet another 
    obstacle. This time, it's someone driving around the room driving some vehicle 
    with explosives on it. I recommend blowing up this vehicle first (just shoot 
    the barrels at the front) and then worrying about getting through this bit. 
    
    The room you are in now is very similar to the room of crates you just came 
    from. Again, watch out for the crate on the ceiling and notice the guy on 
    your left shooting you from the balcony. Now that person isn't just a guard, 
    but it's Harry. You know, Charlie's right-hand man. Anyway, don't worry about 
    him just yet. 
    
    Explore the room and kill the two guards wandering about on your level. One of 
    the guards should be holding a shotgun. Pick up his shotgun, and now start 
    thinking about killing Harry. I think that just underneath where Harry is
    standing is the best place to kill him. You're close to him, so it's hard for
    him  to react and the shotgun is SO much better at close range. Now, if you
    remember Sparky from about two missions ago, Harry is tougher than him. Killing
    Sparky with a Pistol is about the same as killing Harry with a Shotgun. You
    might be there for quite some time shooting him, so heal as often as you can.
    When he's dead, run up the stairs to the balcony to complete the mission and
    meet up with your son again.
    
    CONGRATULATIONS! You have just completed all of Mark Hammond's story missions! 
    Now you can continue as DC Frank Carter. Good luck!
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    9: Frank Carter Walkthrough --------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This is the second part of the game, where you get to play as Frank Carter; an
    undercover cop who is trying to bring down Charlie Jolson.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     a) Bargain Basement
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    Frank is staking out one of Charlie Jolson's bargain basement brothels with his
    partner, Joe. Frank spots Eyebrows hanging around, and wants to arrest him but
    Joe says that whenever Eyebrows or the gang are around, Jake's not too far
    behind. Jake arrives in a red car and enters the bargain basement. Frank
    decides to go ahead and arrest him without waiting for backup.
    
    ---------------------------------
     01 | Arrest Jake in the brothel
    ---------------------------------
    
    
    When the mission starts, you will be standing next to your car. Follow Joe into
    the bargain basement as he runs in there. He runs pretty fast for someone so
    old, doesn't he? Take out your pistol as you run inside and run down the
    hallway towards him. This is where you will split up. He will go right and you
    will have to go straight ahead.
    
    At the end of the hallway, turn left and you will see two enemies. If you are
    quick enough, you can kill the closest by hitting him on the head with the butt
    of your gun a couple of times. The second guard will just hold his hands up and
    surrender giving you an opportunity to kill him. Continue down the hallway but
    ignore the first left turn. As you reach the end of the hallway, an enemy will
    shoot at you and shoot away a section of the wall. If you are quick enough you
    can pistol whip him before he has a chance to do anything.
    
    Turn the corner and you should see another two enemies around the next corner
    on the right. Kill him quickly and go down this hallway. As you do this,
    another enemy will appear on the floor above you, armed with a shotgun. It is
    likely he will turn his back to you and walk towards the top of the stairs,
    so you can easily kill him. Heal if needed, and head up the stairs. At the top,
    an enemy will appear on the right. Kill him before entering the hallway. Pick
    up the shotgun from the dead enemy you killed from the floor below and kill
    another enemy that exits a room on the left. From the top of the stairs, you
    will need to go straight ahead.
    
    At first, you will probably think that you cannot pass. You can. Press the X
    button to hug the wall and the move along the edge of the large gap in the
    floor. If you press the X button at any time while moving along the edge, you
    fall in the gap and die. When you reach the other side, turn left.
    
    After turning left from the gap in the floor, stay where you are. There are
    two guards around the corner. What you should do, is wait for the first one
    to turn the corner and then quickly kill him. This will cause the second one
    to surrender, so kill him too. Turn the corner and carefully walk down the
    hallway. Another enemy will appear from the first room on the right. Kill him
    quickly and heal before moving on.
    
    Ignore the hallway on the right and walk straight ahead. As you do, three more
    enemies will appear. Two on the right at the end, and one in the room on the
    left (he will shoot away a section of the wall). Quickly kill them and then
    heal. The guard in the room on the left had a shotgun, so pick it up if you
    run out of ammo for the previous one.
    
    Turn right at the end of the hallway, and then turn left into the next hallway.
    Here you will need to cross another gap in the floor, so press X to hug the
    wall and move along the edge. When you cross the gap, turn the corner on the
    right to find Joe. He has been shot by Jake and is in a bad way. However, he
    tells you not to worry about him and to go after Jake.
    
    Turn left and go up the stairs. When you reach the top, kill the two enemies on
    the right. Shortly after you will be joined by SO19 officers. You don't really
    need to do a lot here since they will pretty much kill everyone. You will be
    able to find AKs, MP5s and shotguns from the dead enemies along the way. Just
    keep following the SO19 members, until you reach a corner and see three of
    them run forward and fall through the floor as it collapses.
    
    Run to the gap and hug the wall again. Move along the edge, and as you get
    halfway across, SO19 will start getting shot at again. You can't do a lot here
    since you are still trying to get across the gap. When you get across turn
    left and go down this hallway. By now, all the gang members should be dead.
    Enter the room on the left at the end to find Jake getting arrested by SO19.
    
    -----------------------------------
     02 | Rush Joe to the UCL Hospital
    -----------------------------------
    
    Now that you've arrested Jake, you need to get Joe to the UCL hospital. Run
    out of the bargain basement and get in the police car straight ahead. Joe will
    stagger to the car and get in. Turn on your sirens and drive left at the T-
    junction. After turning left, turn right at the next T-junction. You should
    now be on a long two-lane road. Take the first right and drive along this
    road, until you can turn right at another T-junction. You should now be on
    another two-lane road.
    
    Stay on the this road until you pass a green-domed building on the left. Keep
    driving along this road, and you will soon see ambulances driving around. This
    means you are near the hospital. At the end of the road, you will see a police
    roadblock near a bus crash. This will force you to take the right road. On the
    right road, you will need to drive through oncoming traffic. Try to avoid any
    major crashes here as it probably wreck your car in no time after that. And
    since you can't change cars you need to keep this car in good condition. Drive
    along this road, until you can cut across to the left and get back in the right
    lane again.
    
    Drive along this road as it turns to the left, and drive on the left side of 
    the road past the underpass. Just past the underpass, you need to take the
    first right you see. You will now be driving against traffic, so quickly turn
    left when you can. As you drive down this road, you will see the hospital on
    the left. Drive through here and around to the front entrance to complete
    Frank Carter's first mission.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     b) Show Some Remorse
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    Charlie is pissed off when McCormack tells him that Frank has arrested Jake. He
    wants McCormack and Jake to discretely let Frank know about a depot east of
    Tower Bridge. Later on in interrogation, McCormack is interviewing Jake while
    Frank eavesdrops on them. Jake tells McCormack about the depot and Frank heads
    over there. 
    
    --------------------------------
     01 | Go to the riverside depot
    --------------------------------
    
    You start off outside Snow Hill, in your silver Vauxhall Vectra. Turn right out
    of the station and drive along this two lane road. It is quite narrow so try to
    avoid crashes if you can and stay in the left lane. You should ignore the first
    three left turns but take the right just before you pass the tunnel at the end
    of the road at the crossroads.
    
    You should now be on another long road. Turn left at the end and go left at the
    fork in the road. As you turn left there will be another fork, so turn left
    again. You will now be on a two-lane road with traffic cones on either side.
    Drive straight along this road, and under the bridge, as you near the end of
    the road, you will come to a fork. Your indicators will be flashing right, so
    go right even though you'll be driving against oncoming traffic. As you drive
    along this road, you might be chased by the Soho again. If you are, you can
    either lose them, since they won't be able to manoeuvre through the traffic so
    well, or you can just get out and shoot them. Drive along the pavement if you
    have to.
    
    At the end of the road, ignore the left turn, and keep driving. Turn right the
    first chance you get. Drive down this road as it curves to the right and turn
    left at the T-Junction. You will now be on a narrow two-lane road. If you
    haven't managed to lose the Soho boys yet, you can get out of your car and
    shoot them, and then take their car. They would have probably totalled your car
    by now if you haven't lost them. At the end of the narrow road, turn right at
    another T-Junction. Stay in the left lane until you can turn left. This is
    another long road, so take right the first chance you get. The end of this
    road leads right to a dead end, so turn left. You will now be on a one-way
    road so you should little trouble driving through here.
    
    As you drive down this road, your indicators will flash right. Since you can't
    turn right, you will need to turn left, and then turn right when you get the
    chance. It should be another T-junction. Stay in the left lane to avoid
    oncoming traffic, until your indicators flash right. Turn right against more
    oncoming traffic and turn right again down a one-way street. At the end of this
    road, ignore the curve and drive straight under the bridge against oncoming
    traffic. You will now be on a six-way crossroads. Ignore all the turns on this
    crossroad and drive straight across. At the end, turn right and drive across
    Tower Bridge. Tower Bridge is narrow so avoid crashes and drive between cars if
    it helps.
    
    At the end of the bridge, turn left at the traffic lights and you will be on a
    long road. You will recognise this road from Mark Hammond's final mission: 
    "Aboard the Sol Vita". There are two left turns along this road, you need to go
    down the first one. Drive past the open green gates and follow the road until
    you reach a dead end.
    
    -------------------------------------
     02 | Arrest the Yardie ring-leaders
    -------------------------------------
    
    Get out of the car and look for a brick arch on the right. Behind it is a load
    of containers. Hug the wall next to the arch and you will be able to see four
    Yardies ahead talking. Take out your pistols and shoot them. You will only be
    able to kill a maximum of three Yardies since one of them will always run off
    before you can hit him.
    
    Run under the arch to where the four Yardies were talking. Have your pistol
    ready to kill the Yardie waiting for you high on top of a blue container on the
    right. Heal if you have to, and prepare for the hardest part of the mission.
    Most of the Yardies around here are armed with MP5s but that's not what makes
    the mission hard. What does make the mission hard, is the large yellow cranes
    moving back and forth across the level. If you hit it, it will immediately
    kill you.
    
    Run to the right, and along the containers. Stay as close to the containers as
    possible to avoid the cranes. At the end, a Yardie will appear behind you, so
    get ready to shoot him. Continue forward along the containers, and at the end
    you will see two paths. Take the second path on the left as it is easier. At
    the end, turn right and go down the next path. At the end, a Yardie will appear
    on a Freightliner container on the left. Kill him quickly and then turn left
    down the next path of containers. Just after passing the first container on the
    right, there will be a Yardie waiting for you on top of a blue container. You
    can kill him easily. Continue forward, and at the end, a Yardie will run out
    from the right, armed with a crowbar. He shouldn't be able to hit you unless
    you get close.
    
    Take the path that the Yardie appeared from and run into the next path by the
    blue container on the left. Turn left and run to the end. Hug the blue
    container at the end and look around the corner. There will be a single Yardie
    up ahead, armed with a baseball bat. Kill him quickly before he runs round the
    corner. If he does, he will be running towards you, from along the right side
    of the container you are now leaning against. When he's dead, run down the path
    he originally came from, and turn left by the giant spools. This is a short
    path, and at the end will be a more open area with more container paths up
    ahead. Stay where you are for a moment, and a Yardie will appear on the left,
    giving you an easy opportunity to kill him. When he's dead, run down the far
    left path of containers. A little later on the right, another Yardie will
    appear, armed with a shotgun. Kill him quickly.
    
    After killing the Yardie on the right, two more will appear up ahead. You
    should be able to kill them easily. Heal after and pick up the shotgun. If you
    go back to the start of this path, you will find two more Yardies waiting for
    you, one armed with a shotgun. If you healed and picked up the shotgun from
    before, they should be easy to kill. When they are both dead, run back down the
    path. There will be three more Yardies up ahead. Two on the right side of the
    containers and one that will appear behind you. Be careful of the Yardie in the
    yellow shirt, since he will be able to take three hits from the shotgun. When
    they are all dead, heal and run into the open area.
    
    A white van will drive off here but will not leave the area. Several Yardies
    will start shooting at you, but SO19 will arrive as backup. If you look around
    you might be able to find a MP5 lying around. Use this to kill the remaining
    Yardies. Most of them are hiding behind the giant spools and wooden pallets.
    Also note that the MP5 is a dual weapon, meaning that two of them can be used
    at once. When all the Yardies are dead, you need to look for the white van that
    drove off earlier. When you find it, run over to it. Frank will aim his gun at
    the driver. This ends the second mission.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     c) Disturbance In Soho
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The opening cutscene shows S019 arresting the Yardies and pushing them into a
    police van. Two Yardies discuss the situation and agree that the Triads have
    something to do with it. They are told to shut up by SO19. Carter shuts the
    police van door and goes over to his car. He needs to get to Soho where a
    disturbance is occurring, caused by Mark Hammond earlier on in the Republic
    Restaurant.
    
    ------------------------------------
     01 | Go to the Republic Restaurant
    ------------------------------------
    
    The driving part for this mission is pretty hard, since you have a pretty long
    drive, and you have to get there within four minutes. Start by driving out of
    the gates, and turning right. You can't turn left anyway because there is a
    police roadblock there. You will now be on a wide two-lane road. Drive along
    this road and turn left at the crossroads. Drive along here and turn right just
    before the blue arch. You will now be on a one-way narrow road. Drive along
    here and turn left sharply at the bridge. Drive under the bridge and turn
    right.
    
    Ignore the turns on this road, and drive straight along this road until you
    pass Charlie's warehouse. After turning right, turn left on to another one-way
    narrow road. Drive along this road and turn right at the T-Junction. Turn left
    at the next T-junction and follow this road until you can take the second right
    (the first right leads to a dead end). Continue following this road and turn
    right at the first T-Junction you come to. Continue along this road and drive
    through the crossroads. The Collins gang might give chase here so watch out
    for them. At the end of the road will be a roundabout. Turn right here (you
    will be driving against traffic here so try to avoid crashes), and drive along
    the bridge. Near the end of the bridge, drive left past the underpass, and 
    turn left at the next crossroads. You will now be on a wide four-lane road.
    
    Take the first right (you might need to be on the right side of the road to see
    the turn). There is some pavement before the road goes upwards. Drive up here
    and turn left at the top. Take the next right and then left again at the 
    T-junction. You will be going the wrong way here, but you are near the Republic
    Restaurant. Follow the road and turn right at the crossroads. You will now be
    on an empty road with the Collins gang after you. Turn left at the roundabout
    and then left again. Turn right the first chance you get, and then take the
    final left to reach the Republic Restaurant. You will know you are there
    because there will be ambulances and fire engines. Get out of your car and
    run towards the smoke.
    
    --------------------------------------------
     02 | Quell the riot outside the restaurant
    --------------------------------------------
    
    SO19 will already be here and as always will provide backup. The objective here
    is to get through the smoke and kill the Collins gang members. There are two
    ways you can do this. The first is to drive a car through the smoke and run
    over any gang members you see. The second is to take your time to pick them
    all off, using the cars for cover. If you choose this, run through the smoke
    and take cover behind the first police car you see. It will be difficult seeing
    the gang members through the smoke, but just shoot whatever you lock on to.
    You will pass the Republic Restaurant here, where the smoke is coming from.
    
    When you think they are all dead, run further through the smoke, and take cover
    behind the next police car you see. If you are lucky you might be able to find
    another MP5 by one of the dead SO19 officers. There will be three or four more
    gang members standing around a blue car in front of you. If you are crouched
    behind the police car you probably won't get hit. In fact, you should have only
    been hit about twice now. Take the time to recover your health if you want,
    before you run towards the blue car.
    
    When you do, another gang member will pop up behind it, so quickly kill him and
    another gang car will arrive up ahead. Crouch behind the blue car and pick them
    off one by one. Shortly after a white car will pull up with more gang members.
    Stay crouched behind the blue car and you should be all right. Be careful here,
    though, as one of the gang members has an AK and another has a shotgun. Make
    sure you have enough ammo at this point, or you will have to run back and let
    the other officers take care of them. If you have trouble shooting them from a
    distance, you can wait for them to run towards you, making it much easier to
    kill them. Run past the blue car you were just crouched behind and then run
    towards the two gang cars that arrived earlier. The screen will turn black and
    you complete the mission. The next mission is hard, so I suggest saving first.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     d) Painting the Town Red
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The opening cutscene shows the remaining Collins gang members being arrested.
    Frank gets in his car and answers his radio. There are reports of a disturbance
    in Chinatown, again, caused by Mark Hammond earlier. The next cutscene shows
    the Yardies and the Triads fighting. Several of them have shotguns and baseball
    bats. Frank heads over there.
    
    ----------------------
     01 | Go to Chinatown
    ----------------------
    
    You start the mission off in Frith Street. Immediately do 180 and go back along
    the road you came from. Manoeuvre through the police vehicles and fire engines,
    and take the first right. You will be on a narrow one-way street facing
    oncoming traffic, so use the pavement to get down this street quicker. At the
    end, turn left at the T-junction, and if necessary use the pavement to get
    down here quicker as there is more oncoming traffic. Go straight at the cross-
    roads, and turn left into Chinatown.
    
    Get out of the car, and you will see a few gang members by the entrance to
    Chinatown. Use your car as cover, and pick them off when they get close. The
    Triads have butcher knives so be careful as they sometimes come up behind you.
    When they are dead, forget the car for now and run through Chinatown. Crouch
    behind the burning police car up ahead.
    
    If you have managed to pick up an AK, you will be able to kill the gang members
    quicker. There are 6-7 Yardies up ahead with shotguns. Crouch behind the burnt
    out police car, and take them out from here. Some of the others at the back
    may be harder to take out. If so, use the burnt out Yardie gang car to kill
    them without risking being kill yourself. It helps if you can find a shotgun
    to use to kill them.
    
    When they're dead, look along the left side of Chinatown. You will see the
    Sui Fung up ahead, which you will remember from Mark Hammond's mission: "Out
    of the Frying Pan". Heal if you have to, before going inside. There will be
    Yardie to the left immediately after entering so kill him quick before he
    sees you. There is another Yardie at the back of the restaurant, by a flight
    of stairs. Kill him and then go down the stairs. At the bottom will be an AK
    waiting for you, if you couldn't find one earlier. This also helps out a lot
    in the next part.
    
    Go back upstairs and leave the restaurant. Continue through Chinatown, and take
    cover behind the burnt out Triad gang car. There will be several more Yardies
    shooting at a couple of Triads up ahead. If you are behind the car, you should
    be able to pick them off with little trouble without losing too much health,
    especially with the AK. When they are all dead, run to the back of Chinatown.
    
    If you've run out of ammo for your AK, you can find another shotgun along here
    towards the end of Chinatown. There will be a few police officers at the back
    that will take care of any remaining gang members. You should heal before the
    next part, since it is pretty difficult.
    
    As you exit the back of Chinatown, you will see another Yardie gang car arrive
    from the right, and drive into an underground garage. This is where you need to
    go next. However, make sure you are fully healed and are not in danger of
    running out of ammo any time soon. When you think you've done everything, enter
    the underground garage.
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
     02 | Stop the gang war between the Yardies and Triads in the NPC carpark
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    As you enter the garage, you'll find that it slopes down. Be careful at the
    bottom as there are a lot more Yardies waiting for you. They are taking cover
    behind a Triad gang car. SO19 will join you here, so that should make it a
    little easier, although, not much. Make sure you take the right path, as you
    will be outnumbered and probably killed if you take the right. The single SO19
    officer that follows you should be enough to take out the five that are hanging
    around the bottom.
    
    When they are all dead, go down and pick up one of the dropped shotguns. You
    will see several Triads run by at the back, but just ignore them for now. You
    need to focus on the Yardies shooting at you near the back. It's easier if
    you crouch behind the car closest to them and shoot them from there. When they
    are all dead, run towards the back and the Triads that ran past earlier will
    run back out. One of them will run down to the lower level while two more will
    stay and try to shoot you. You should use the walls on the left and right side
    of the garage as cover to kill them with little trouble.
    
    You can also find an AK at the back here, by one of the dead Triads. Pick it up
    if you do, as the mission is much harder without it. Go down the ramp to the
    left at the back, and then turn left again to find several more Yardies and
    Triads waiting for you.
    
    Be careful of the Triads hiding behind the pillars as you make your way
    through the garage. As you get near the back, a Yardie gang car drives past,
    and knocks away part of the vents on the roof and blocks your progress. This
    means you will have to take the stairs on the left. You should heal before
    going down the stairs. As you go down the stairs, enter the next level, and
    you will suddenly be surrounded by Triads and Yardies on both sides of the
    garage. Fortunately, a lot of SO19 officers will appear behind you and will
    be able to easily kill anyone nearby.
    
    Heal after, as its likely you lost quite a bit of health, especially if you
    weren't expecting it. Go over to the left side of the garage and three gang
    cars will drive away from their parking spaces and down to the next level
    of the garage. Pick up a shotgun and follow them down.
    
    As you go down the ramp to the next level, hug the wall on the left, and look
    around the corner. You will see about 8 Triads waiting for you. If you stay
    behind the wall, you will only be able to kill the closest one standing in the
    middle. For the others you will need to get closer. There are no vehicles to
    crouch behind so you will need to use the walls.
    
    You might have to heal halfway through, as you can get killed pretty easily
    here. Mainly because the enemies have AKs. As you get near the middle of the
    room, you will be able to find an AK. Use this to kill the two Triads in the
    middle at the back. There is still one more Triad hiding behind the wall on
    the right. You can easily kill him if you have an AK.
    
    When they are all dead, you can go down the next level. Hug the wall on the
    left as you go down, and look around the corner. The garage is empty, but
    the enemies are hiding in cars. When you run out, they will drive out in
    front of you, and try to run you over. As you probably already know, one hit
    from a moving car is enough to kill you. You might need to roll to the side
    to avoid them.
    
    One of the Triad gang cars will stop and a single Triad will get out to try
    and kill you. Kill him and go through the middle of the garage. As you near
    the back, another gang car will come speeding down the ramp and will stop
    near a wall. Kill the next Triad that exits the car. When both Triads are
    dead, go down to the next level. You will see a lone Triad standing at the
    bottom, so kill him before hugging the wall on the left.
    
    Look around the corner, and you will see another group of Triads standing by
    two gang cars in the middle of the level. Stay behind the wall and you should
    be able to kill them all without losing too much health. Heal before doing
    this if you are already close to death. If you are having trouble killing the
    last few Triads at the back, you can use the gang cars in the middle for cover
    points and kill them from there.
    
    As you get near the back SO19 officers arrive from the left and this long level
    finally ends.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     e) Escort Duty
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The next cutscene shows the Yardies being arrested, and McCormack, Frank's boss
    turns up. He is not very happy at Carter's approach to dealing with criminals.
    He tells Frank that he needs to be at Crazy Jake's transfer and needs to
    escort the van to the prison. Frank walks off shortly after and McCormack gets
    a phone call from Charlie. They discuss their plan to break Jake out.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     01 | Protect the prison van convoy 
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    After the cutscene, you start the mission off near Snow Hill. This is the same
    road that Mark and Eyebrows takes to break Jake out. Your car will be slow here
    for a few moments. Up ahead, a police car is rammed off the road by a silver
    Range Rover. You need to chase the Range Rover.
    
    Speed towards it, and turn right at the fork. The Range Rover will go right at
    the fork, and drive past Snow Hill. Follow it as it turns right after that, and
    down a long straight road. Use the sirens to move traffic out of the way as it
    makes it easier to catch up to the car. It's pretty confusing to add driving
    directions for this part, so I won't add them to avoid confusion. Just keep
    ramming the car. A couple of really good rams and the car will be destroyed.
    
    -----------------------------------
     02 | Rejoin the prison van convoy
    -----------------------------------
    
    After destroying the car, you need to rejoin the police van. Again, I can't
    give directions since it depends on where you destroyed the car. Just keep
    following your indicators and when you reach a road where there are a lot
    of smoking cars, you are near the van. Follow the indicators from there and
    you should be all right.
    
    The next cutscene is similar to the one from "Aiding and Abetting". Carter
    speeds round the corner in his unmarked Vectra and drives towards Eyebrows and
    Jake. Jake fires at Carter's car with an AK until it flips over. As they
    drive off, Carter sees Hammond at the wheel.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     f) The Vigilante
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The mission starts with Carter walking into McCormack's office. McCormack is
    very angry at Carter about the incident with Jake's bust out. Frank leaves the
    office and another officer runs up to him and tells him she needs his help
    with a couple of rookie officers who aren't responding on the radio.
    
    ------------------------------------
     01 | Go to the Yardie drug factory
    ------------------------------------
    
    You start the mission off outside the back entrance of Snow Hill, in a black
    Saab. You will need to drive fast for this part, as the Yardies will be after
    You. Turn right out of the station and drive along this road. Follow this road
    and drive under the tunnel at the intersection.
    
    At the end of the tunnel, keep following this road and turn left at the T-
    Junction. The Yardies will arrive here, so do your best to avoid them. Drive
    up this road, and turn right just before the fork in the road. Somewhere along
    this road both of your indicators will flash.
    
    ----------------------------------------------
     02 | Rescue the rookie cops from the Yardies
    ----------------------------------------------
    
    Get out of the car, and shoot the Yardies that appear past the bollards. If the
    Yardies were chasing you during the drive here, there will be about three or
    four Yardies shooting at you when you arrive. If you managed to lose them,
    there will only be two Yardies. Run past the bollards and down the alley. At
    the end of the alley will be another three Yardies. Two hanging around outside
    and another by the door inside. Kill them quickly and then heal before heading
    inside.
    
    Walk down the hallway, go through the door, and up the stairs on the left. At
    the top of the stairs, there will be a room on the left. Don't enter the room
    yet, though. Wait for a Yardie to appear from upstairs and then shoot him.
    This will alert the Yardies in the room on the left, so quickly hug the wall
    and wait for them to run out one by one. When no more run out, press the R2
    button to lock on to an enemy and shoot him. Now there should only be one more
    enemy in the room. He is behind the speakers on the left as you enter the
    room.
    
    Heal after before heading up to the next floor. If you can pick up an AK in the
    room before going upstairs it will make things a little easier. At the top of
    the stairs will be another room on the left. Only one Yardie will run out, if
    you are spotted, so kill him and hug the wall on the left. Look around the 
    corner, and you will see another seven or eight Yardies waiting for you. Kill
    them by peeking out and shooting them and then quickly hug the wall again.
    Heal if you need to, and repeat until they are all dead.
    
    If you are having trouble with the strategy above for the last room, there is
    another way to get past it, but it makes is slightly harder after. Around the
    room are red canisters which explode if shot. This will set the room alight
    and kill any Yardies nearby. All you have to do after that, is go back down
    the stairs and wait for them to leave the room, and you can easily kill them.
    
    When all the Yardies are dead, go back upstairs. Now, this is the tricky part.
    If you shot the oil canisters the doorway will have flames around it. This
    makes it harder to get through the room. Carefully walk through the door, and
    avoid the flames around the doorframe. Stand by the door, and kill any
    remaining Yardies at the back of the room. There are usually about four or
    five. When that's done, run into the room at the back to end the mission.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     g) Stalking McCormack
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The opening cutscene shows Frank in the back room of the crackhouse. He sees
    the two rookie cops tied up back-to-back, and starts untying them. One of them
    is unconscious. Frank asks the conscious cop about why they were here. He tells
    them that McCormack sent them here to uncover a link between the Triads and the
    Yardies. They both decide that McCormack's bent, and Frank decides to go back
    to the station and confront him.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     01 | Head to Snow Hill police station. Follow McCormack when you get there
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    This level is quite long, so it will take a while. First you need to escape the
    crack house with Ryan and Harris. If you start with an AK, that will make
    things a little easier. Start by going through the door straight ahead, and
    make your way through the tables to the door at the back of the room. If the
    door caught fire from the previous mission, it will still be there so be
    careful on your way out.
    
    Go down the stairs and at the bottom you will see an open door. A couple of
    Yardies will appear here, so kill them quickly before they turn around and
    spot you. Outside is the courtyard where Mark Hammond's sixth mission: "Out of
    the Frying Pan" takes place, however, do not go out there. Go through the door
    on the right and down the small hallway. If you want, you can search the
    courtyard for another AK, if the ammo for your previous one ran out, or if
    you didn't start with one, however, be sure to kill the remaining Yardies. Make
    sure Ryan and Harris follow you, and don't let them get hit too much. If you
    get hit, you will probably have time to quickly heal before Ryan and Harris
    catch up to you.
    
    Lead them through the door at the end of the hallway, and back outside in the
    alley. As you arrive outside, there will be two more Yardies waiting for you.
    Kill them quickly and continue down the alley. Another Yardie car will appear
    here, but so will a cop car. You should kill the two Yardies here, as the lone
    cop that arrives as well, will probably get himself killed in a matter of
    seconds. However, sometimes two or three cop cars arrive with about four
    officers.
    
    Ryan and Harris will be safe at this point, so now you need to get back to
    Snow Hill police station. If you get in the police car, there will be no
    reason to turn around, and you can turn the sirens on to move traffic out
    of the way.
    
    Start by driving down the road, the police car was facing, and take the first
    left at the T-Junction. Along this road, take the first right at the traffic
    lights. You will now be on a two-lane road. Drive up this road, and through the
    tunnel. At the end of the tunnel, drive straight ahead until you reach Snow
    Hill.
    
    As you reach Snow Hill, you will see McCormack drive off in front of you in his
    red car. Your car will also slow down, and your indicator lights will flash.
    You need to tail him to his destination. Don't get too close, or he will spot
    you, and you will fail the mission. And whatever you do, don't turn on the
    sirens. This will fail the mission for sure. I won't give driving directions
    here since you won't need them. It's just a simple drive. As long as you can
    still see McCormack's car you should be all right. When he reaches his
    destination you will see that it's Charlie's depot.
    
    ---------------------------------------------------
     02 | Follow McCormack. Sneak into Charlie's depot
    ---------------------------------------------------
    
    McCormack will be standing by his car when you reach the depot, however, when
    you run over to him he will enter the depot. Don't fire your weapon at this
    point or you will fail the mission. As you enter the depot, put your guns away
    and prepare for a bit of stealth.
    
    As you go through the door next to the desk in the reception area, hug the wall
    on the right, next to the doorframe on the left. Peek round the corner, and you
    will see McCormack talking to someone about guns for Charlie. Wait for them to
    walk off, and then go between the boxes where they were talking just now. After
    passing the boxes on the right, go to the right and then quickly go left again
    so that you are behind some more boxes again. Move to the left, and then duck
    behind some low boxes to the right.
    
    You should be able to see McCormack here. If you can't, you're probably in the
    wrong place, and you'll probably be seen. Anyway, when McCormack is done
    talking, he'll go to the left behind the crates and then move on to two metal
    structures at the back of the warehouse. Move to the left, and then quickly get
    as far to the left as you can, out of sight of any nearby guards. Then you can
    run to the metal structures by running along the left side of the warehouse.
    
    McCormack will stand at the bottom of the structure until you climb the ladder
    next to the structure on the left. Do so and when you reach the top, McCormack
    will walk off again. Go down the ladder in front of you, and keep following
    him back through the depot again. There are no guards around anymore, so as
    long as you are not spotted or heard by McCormack you should be all right.
    Follow McCormack up the stairs and onto the walkway. Go along the walkway to
    trigger a cutscene.
    
    From the walkway, Frank can see over the whole depot, and recognises a lot of
    dodgy gear from a previous Flying Squad bust. He hears a conversation coming
    from a vent behind him and listens in. McCormack is on the phone to Walter, one
    of Charlie's heavies, and is telling him where to find Joe, Frank's partner.
    Frank decides to forget about McCormack for now, and rushes to save Joe.
    
    -------------------------------------
     03 | Race to the hospital. Find Joe
    -------------------------------------
    
    After the cutscene, you start off outside the depot. You don't have your car
    here, so you need to steal one from off the streets. I suggest taking the
    Lexus outside the depot on the left. When you've got the car, drive forward
    and along the sloping road. At the end of the road, turn right. There is
    sometimes quite a bit of traffic here, so swerve between the cars if they slow
    you down.
    
    Turn right at the top of the T-Junction and you'll be on a two-lane road. Turn
    left when you can and drive along this busy four-lane road. Take the third left
    at the traffic lights and you should start seeing ambulances along here. Take
    the next right and stop your car when both your indicators flash. Do not drive
    up to the front entrance of the hospital. Instead, look for an open door along
    the side of the wall. Go through here and up the stairs on the left. Turn left
    at the top of the stairs, and then go up the second set of stairs.
    
    Turn right at the second set of stairs, and run along the hallway. Run down
    this hallway, and you should see a police officer emerge from a room. This is
    Joe's room, so run inside to finish the mission.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     h) Do the World A Favour
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The opening cutscene shows Frank running into Joe's room at the UCL Hospital.
    Carter tells Joe that he's tracked McCormack to Charlie's depot where all the
    gear from a Flying Squad bust was collected. Joe tells Frank that McCormack is
    dead, and the evidence is no good. After talking about a lock-up where Charlie
    has evidence of years of unpaid taxes, a guard walks past Joe's room and is
    shot.
    
    ---------------------------------------
     01 | Save Joe and secure the hospital
    ---------------------------------------
    
    You start the mission off inside Joe's room. Go through the door and start
    shooting the enemies that have arrived. There is one right in front of you as
    you exit the room, who can easily kill you with a couple of blows to the head,
    so be careful. If you need to heal, you can go back in Joe's room and heal in
    there, then all you have to worry about is a single enemy walking in. There
    will be a couple of guards armed with shotguns, so watch out for them.
    
    When everyone's dead, go right down the hallway and two more enemies will
    appear. One from a room on the right, and one up ahead, with a shotgun. Kill
    the quickly and turn the corner that the enemy with the shotgun came from.
    Pick up the dropped shotgun, and heal if necessary, before running through the
    glass hallway.
    
    At the end of the hallway, turn left and go down the stairs. When you reach the
    bottom, there will be another three enemies waiting for you. One by the stairs,
    and two at the back. Kill them quickly and heal again. Go through the door at
    the back on the left, where you will encounter three more enemies. One is armed
    with an AK, so pick that up when they are all dead.
    
    While in this room, look for a door on the right, where you will encounter Big
    Walter, one of Charlie's heavies. Like Sparky and Harry, Walter is another boss
    and can be difficult to kill for two reasons. 1) He can take a lot of hits to
    kill, which is hard if you only have a pistol and 2) He sometimes runs all over
    the hospital, which can make chasing after him a real pain.
    
    The best thing you can do here, is to use an AK to beat him. You will probably
    be able to find one by a dead enemy. Pick it up and that will make killing
    Walter a lot easier. When he's nearly dead, he will run out of the room and
    attempt to leave the hospital by running down the stairs and towards the main
    entrance, however, he won't get far as there will be several police officers
    waiting for him at the bottom.
    
    When he's dead, head back upstairs to the second floor, and run past Joe's
    room. A police officer will have this floor secured, so run past him and
    down the stairs. At the bottom will be another enemy with his back to you.
    When you shoot him, three more enemies will be alerted. Shoot him and pick
    up the AK he drops, then hug the wall next to you. Kill the three enemies
    up ahead by turning round and firing at them, then taking cover again. When
    they are all dead, run down the hallway.
    
    Halfway along will be a final two enemies waiting for you. One in an alcove
    on the left, and another in a room on the right. Kill them quickly and go
    downstairs. Exit the hospital and steal a passing car. From here you need to
    get to the lockup on Scoresby Street.
    
    -------------------------------------------
     02 | Go to the lock up in Scoresby Street
    -------------------------------------------
    
    Once you are in your car, drive along the road, and turn left at the T-
    Junction. You will be driving against oncoming traffic here, so use the
    pavement to avoid the cars if it helps. Drive down this long road until you
    reach a crossroads near Soho. There will be a tall glass building on the
    left. Turn left here, and then right. You will be driving against traffic
    here, so try to avoid crashes.
    
    Turn left again, against more oncoming traffic, and drive along this road as
    it curves to the left. You may be chased by the Collins' gang here, so do your
    best to avoid them. Take the first right, and then left. You should now be on
    a narrow one-way road. Turn right at the end of the road, and then take the
    first left. Turn left at the next T-Junction, and then right on to some
    cobbled road. Turn left here, then turn right twice. Take the first left and
    drive down the sloped road. Take the shortcut through the alley straight ahead
    and turn right at the end. 
    
    Get back in the right lane, which is the left lane, and head towards the
    bridge. Drive over the bridge, and turn left, and then right at the roundabout.
    There will be some Yardies over here, so avoid them as best you can, and drive
    through the tunnel on the left.
    
    At the end of the tunnel, follow the road you are on until you can turn right.
    Drive right and get out of the way of oncoming traffic as soon as you can. Take
    the first left, and turn left at the crossroads. Take the first right and drive
    down this narrow road to the lockup.
    
    ------------------------------------
     03 | Find the files in the lock up
    ------------------------------------
    
    You will see three gang cars up ahead. If you want you can smash your car
    through, and kill whoever you can, or you can drive up there slowly and use
    your car as cover to pick them off when they run out. As you get near the
    lockup, another car will arrive behind you, so kill the two occupants
    quickly. This will also alert another five gang members inside. Crouch behind
    one of the cars and shoot them when they come out.
    
    When they are all dead, heal and then hug the wall. Move along the wall until
    you can see into the lockup without being seen yourself. You will see a single
    enemy standing by a suspended car waiting for you. Just kill him normally.
    
    Move to the left side of the lockup without going in, and shoot around the
    corner. You should be able to shoot the enemy hiding behind the car without
    being seen.
    
    Another two enemies appear as you enter the lockup. One behind you outside, and
    another from a room on the right at the back of the lockup. When they are both
    dead, hug the bonnet of the black on the left. There is another enemy hiding
    under the suspended car ahead of you. If you are quick enough, you can shoot
    the yellow control box on the metal bars holding the car up, to bring the car
    down on the enemy, or just kill him normally. It's your choice.
    
    Run past the car that you just dropped, but be careful. Once I had an enemy
    appear behind me out of nowhere, and he almost killed me! Hug the wall by
    the doorframe on the right and you will see another enemy in the next room.
    He is crouched by a car in the shadows. Jump out from around the corner and
    shoot him.
    
    Run through the door and crouch behind the car. You should see two more enemies
    up ahead. If you are crouched behind the car, you can sidestep away from it,
    and shoot them to kill them. When they are both dead, run to the shelves at the
    back of the room. Two more enemies will appear behind you so quickly kill them
    and go over to the shelf. The shelf will break and files implicating Charlie
    will fall on the floor.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     i) The Jolson Files
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The opening cutscene shows Carter discovering plans for Jake's bust out. He
    also discovers one of Charlie's warehouses in Southwark, and decides to go
    there first.
    
    --------------------------
     01 | Go to the warehouse
    --------------------------
    
    You start the mission off inside the lockup. Run to the back of the room and go
    through the door on the right. Run down the dark hallway and into the room on
    the left to find two secret cars - the TVR and the Lotus. They are both great
    cars so its up to you which one you choose.
    
    When you've chosen your car, drive out of the garage and turn left. Make a
    right at the T-Junction, and drive down the road that you're on until you can
    turn right at a crossroads. Continue driving along this road until both of
    your indicators flash.
    
    -----------------------------------------------
     02 | Sneak into the basement and find Charlie
    -----------------------------------------------
    
    This next part is stealth. Although it's short, it can be frustrating due to
    the locations of the guards. Get out of your car and hug the brick wall on the
    left side of the road. It is near a post box. Move along the wall until you
    come to an opening.
    
    Look around the wall, and you will see two guards standing in the courtyard,
    talking. Wait for one of them to leave before entering the courtyard. One of
    the guards will stand next to the white car with his back to you. Wait for the
    second guard to enter the warehouse before sneaking up behind the other guard
    and arresting him.
    
    Go up the steps on the left and enter the warehouse. Go into the next room and
    you will see the guard from earlier. He has his back to you, while he is looking
    at a notice board, so you can easily arrest him.
    
    Walk up the stairs on the right, and enter the room on the left. You will see
    three guards ahead talking in a group. Go down the steps on the left, and walk
    behind the wooden pallet. Hug the wooden pallet and move along to the left.
    
    Another two guards will join the previous three as you look to the left.
    Although you might think this is impossible to get past without being seen, all
    you have to do is wait for them to all walk off.
    
    When the other guards have walked off, go to the left and enter the next part
    of the warehouse.
    
    This next part can be very tricky, as it is very easy to be seen. As you enter
    the next part of the warehouse, look to the right and you will see another two
    guards talking. Crouch behind the pallet on the right, the one that rests 
    against the wall, and wait for them to walk off.
    
    The guard in the green shirt will walk forward and will stand in another spot
    just up ahead. Follow him and grab him from behind. Don't arrest him yet, but
    instead move him to the pallet next to the one he was just standing by, and
    arrest him there.
    
    Once you've arrested the guard in the green shirt, hug the pallet you are
    standing by, and look to the right. You will see another guard just up ahead
    on the left. Move along the pallets and you will see there are two guards
    standing by a staircase that leads down to the basement. Hug the pallets
    behind the guards and wait for one of them to go downstairs. When they do,
    arrest the other guard.
    
    Go down the stairs, and hug the wall on the left before the corner. Look
    around the corner and you will see another two guards. One of them will
    walk off. Follow the other guard, and grab him from behind as he watches
    TV. Move him back around the corner and arrest him there. This is important
    as the guard will return in a minute.
    
    When you've arrested the first guard, hug the wall again, but don't go into
    the room yet. You will now see the second guard standing by the TV. Arrest
    him there and go into the room at the back. Turn the corner to trigger a
    cutscene.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     j) Meet Mark Hammond
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    NOTE: The first part of this mission is very similar to Mark's mission: "The
    Prodigal Son", so it's just as difficult.
    
    You will recognise the cutscene from Mark Hammond's mission: "The Prodigal
    Son", except now you see it from Carter's point of view. Harry, Charlie and
    Jake exits the cell where Mark and Yasmin are being kept and Charlie tells
    Jake to go up to the depot and bring back a detonator. After Carter hears
    more of Charlie's plans, they all walk off. Carter moves along to Mark's cell
    and explains the situation to Mark and Yasmin.
    
    --------------------------------
     01 | Escape from the warehouse
    --------------------------------
    
    After the cutscene, you will be back in the room with the TV. The guards know
    you are here now, so you can use your guns. Shoot the guard as he walks down
    the stairs on the left. This will alert all the guards upstairs.
    
    Go up the stairs, and all hell will break loose. There will be about thirty
    guards in all, most of them armed with shotguns. Stand by the stairs, and kill
    off the nearby guards and use the pallets as cover to kill the far away guards.
    Remember that you can go back down the stairs if you need to rest, the guards
    won't follow you down.
    
    It helps if you can pick up a shotgun to kill any enemies. Also, you won't
    have a lot of rounds left in your pistol after killing some of the guards
    so either find another dropped pistol or a shotgun, or just try not to fire
    your weapon so much. Run to the door at the back of the warehouse and another
    group of enemies will appear. If you picked up a shotgun, you should be able
    to kill most of them with two shots.
    
    Make sure you pick up an AK, and heal before going into the next section of
    the warehouse. As you enter the next section of the warehouse, another guard
    will appear on the left. Shoot him quickly. There might be more or less,
    depending on how many you've killed. Go through the main entrance outside
    and there will be another two guards walking towards you. Shoot them and a
    white gang car will appear with another two enemies. Kill them as they exit
    the car, and look around one of the truck trailers for a hiding enemy. Shoot
    him and then go out on to the street.
    
    Two more guards will appear behind you as you exit the courtyard, so shoot
    them and steal one of the red cars nearby. You can also take the white gang
    car or a police car if they haven't been shot at too much.
    
    If you don't want to exit the warehouse through the front entrance, you can
    go through the back entrance (the way you came in). However, expect to be
    ambushed by about 8 enemies when you get out there, though. You can also steal
    one of the two white cars in the courtyard.
    
    -------------------------------
     02 | Follow Jake to the depot
    -------------------------------
    
    Once you're in the car, drive out of the warehouse and turn left. Follow the
    road around and take the second left. You will now be on a narrow one-way
    road. Follow the road, and watch out for the Collins' gang that will chase
    you. Turn right at the T-Junction and take the first right on to the bridge
    after that. Drive across the bridge and turn left. Drive along the Thames
    waterfront, and take the first right. Take the next right after that and
    drive down the road as it slopes upwards. At the top, turn right and then
    left. Follow the road as it turns and take the first left. Take the first
    right after that and drive down the road until you come to a crossroads.
    Turn right at the crossroads, and turn left at the fork. Turn left at the
    traffic lights and follow the road until you reach the depot.
    
    ---------------------------
     03 | Sneak into the depot
    ---------------------------
    
    When you reach the depot, get out of your car put your weapons away. You won't
    need them for the first part. Enter the depot, but instead entering the main
    part of the depot through the door straight ahead, go through the door on the
    right and head up the stairs.
    
    At the top of the stairs, you will see a room on the right. Go through here,
    but be careful you don't bump into the guard standing right in front of you,
    with his back turned to you. Arrest him and leave the room. Walk past the
    stairs, and go into the next room on the right.
    
    You will now be in the main part of the depot, but you have entered from the
    top floor. Go along the walkway and you will see two guards at the bottom, with
    their backs turned. Wait for one of them to walk off, and then arrest the one
    that stays there.
    
    Head towards the conveyor belts and turn left. Run between the crates and the
    wall and hug the crate at the end. Peek around the corner and you will see Jake
    standing by a white van with a group of enemies. Take notice of the guard in
    the white shirt. When you are sure they all have their backs to you, head back
    to the conveyor belts, and turn left again. Hug the first crate on the left,
    and look at the group of enemies again. You will see the guard in the white
    shirt again. Wait for him to walk off, and then go past them to the next set
    of crates.
    
    Look for gap in the crates. Go through here, and turn right. Go forward to
    trigger a cutscene. This is exactly the same cutscene you saw as Mark except
    now you see it from Carter's point of view. Carter tells Mark where Charlie
    is holding Alex. Mark goes after Alex, Carter goes after Jake and the
    detonator.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     k) Showdown With Jake
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    This cutscene is exactly the same as Mark Hammond's final mission: "Aboard the
    Sol Vita", except now you see it from Carter's point of view. Carter tells
    Hammond that Charlie has taken Alex to a ship called the Sol Vita. He says that
    he'll go after Jake and give Mark a chance to get to Alex.
    
    ---------------------------------------
     01 | Follow Jake to the ship Sol Vita
    ---------------------------------------
    
    You start off standing behind some crates. Quickly pop out and shoot the red
    boxes in the middle. This will kill the guard that was standing there. You will
    also see a white van drive off. Ignore this for now, and run outside. Shoot
    the guard up ahead, and pick up his AK.
    
    Get in the nearby Lexus, and drive out of the depot. Drive straight ahead down
    the road that slopes downward. Follow this road and take the first left at the
    crossroads. Follow this road as it turns and take the first right. Drive up
    on the pavement to avoid crashing. Drive straight through the crossroads and
    follow the road you are on until you can turn right. Turn left at the traffic
    lights and turn right after that. Turn left at the next set of traffic lights
    and drive under the tunnel. Turn right at the T-Junction after the tunnel. You
    might be chased by the Yardies here, so get out and shoot them or try to lose
    them. Turn left at the traffic lights and follow the road to a T-Junction. Turn
    left at the T-Junction and take the first right after that. Follow the road
    and turn left at the end. Turn right at the fork and then left at the cross-
    roads. Take the next two lefts and your indicators will flash right. Since you
    can't turn right, go left instead, and then right. When the road turns left,
    ignore it and take the right just after. Take the first left, and then go right
    at the fork. Follow this road until you reach Tower Bridge straight ahead.
    
    Drive across Tower Bridge, it is narrow so drive carefully. At the end of the
    bridge, turn left and then turn left again into the depot where Carter's
    second mission. "Show Some Remorse" takes place. Instead of driving straight
    ahead, turn right and drive around the fence until you reach the Sol Vita.
    
    --------------------------------------
     02 | Find Jake on board and stop him
    --------------------------------------
    
    This part is short, but very difficult. When you reach the Sol Vita, run past
    the bollards and up the ramp to the ship. Grab the guard at the top of the
    ramp and whack him on the head, and then pick up his AK. This will help out
    greatly if you didn't start with one.
    
    There are about thirty guards past this point, so you need to be careful. Just
    shoot whatever you lock on to. I can't help here, since the number of guards
    and their locations vary. You can heal in between by resting against the
    containers, then all you have to watch out for is the occasional guard popping
    up from around the corner. Keep moving around the ship and keep blasting anyone
    you lock on to.
    
    When they are all dead, go up the steps on the left side of the ship. Another
    two enemies will appear from around the corner, so kill them quickly. You
    should heal now, as the next part gets more difficult. Turn the corner and
    enter the room on the left. Jake is in here, with another three guards. Kill
    the guards first, and then start shooting at Jake. He only has a measly pistol
    so you should be all right if you have an AK.
    
    When you've shot him enough times, he will run off. Follow him up the stairs
    where another five guards await you. There is one in the kitchen on the left,
    another two by the table on the right side of the room, and another two will
    appear from outside.
    
    When they are all dead, heal and head outside. You will find another guard to
    the right by some stairs, so kill him and go up the stairs. Jake is up here,
    and he is making his way to a crane. You should be able to kill him here, if
    you have an AK, but if you have a pistol, he will lower himself back down to
    the bottom of the ship, and you'll have to go back down there after him. You
    probably will kill him if you aren't distracted by the two enemies he has with
    him.
    
    If you have to go back down after him, be careful of the two enemies that
    appear at the bottom of the stairs, and another enemy that is lurking around
    the front of the ship. Jake will be at the back.
    
    When Jake is dead, the level ends.
    
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     l) Land of Hope and Glory
    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    
    The cutscene shows Yasmin pushing Mark away leaving Carter with all the gangs
    and Charlie. Liam pushes Charlie into the middle of the room. Charlie starts
    going on about his time ruling London, and how pissed off he is at the Yardies
    and the Triads. He pulls the detonator out of his pocket and holds it up in
    the air. The gangs start shooting each other and attempt to get off the ship
    before it blows.
    
    -------------------------------
     01 | Escape from the Sol Vita
    -------------------------------
    
    The final mission in the game, and it's probably Carter's hardest mission. You
    need to get off the Sol Vita within three minutes or you will die when the bomb
    goes off.
    
    You start at the top of some stairs. Go down the stairs and they will collapse
    behind you. A few gang members will run past you, but you should just ignore
    that. There will also be some gang members in front of you. Shoot them and run
    forward.
    
    There will be another explosion on the left. Be careful you don't get too close
    or you will die in the explosion. Keep going forward, and go up the stairs at
    the end. Go through the door on the right and quickly aim at the gang members
    below you. Kill them quickly before going down the steps. This will make it
    easier for you, when you go through there.
    
    At the bottom of the steps, go through the gap in the crates and make your
    way between the boxes. Shoot the enemy that pops up in front of you. You should
    heal at this point, even if you don't need to. You probably won't have time if
    you leave it any longer.
    
    Shoot the guard that pops up behind the crate around the corner, and make your
    way through the boxes. Look for a doorway but don't go through it yet. Quickly
    manually aim at the oil drums outside and shoot them. This will kill any gang
    members waiting for you outside.
    
    Go through the door and turn left. Run along here, while shooting the gang
    members to save time. At the end, turn the corner and shoot the gang members
    by the steps. Go up the steps and through the door on the right.
    
    Shoot the guard on the balcony above, as well as any gang members around you.
    Go up the steps and then go up the next set of steps on the right. At the top
    a gang member will run past you. Ignore him and go through the door on the
    left to complete the mission. Phew!
    
    The cutscene shows Carter jumping off the side of the Sol Vita as it explodes
    behind him.
    
    CONGRATULATIONS! You have just completed The Getaway!
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    10: The Weapons --------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This is a London gangster getaway game, what would it be without weapons?
    Nothing. Although this game is set in London, there isn't as many weapons in
    the game as you would think. In London, it is a lot harder to get a big 
    range of guns than America, but there are still quite a few guns in the game.
    
    In this section, I will give you a brief description of the weapons in the
    game. I will tell you what to expect, what i think of the weapon, and when
    where and why you should use it.
    
    ========
     Pistol
    ========
    
    Your default weapon/s, where would you be without them? Well, in this case you
    would get nowhere without these baby's. From the start of every mission you will
    carry two pistols, or maybe just one. If you have no other better guns then you
    should use the pistol/s.
    
    You should go nowhere in this game without at least two pistols with full
    ammo. You will kill most enemies at close range in about three or four shots
    with a pistol, as for long range, I don't know how long you will be wasting
    your ammo. Accuracy is consistent, so you shouldn't have many problems at
    aiming with your pistols.
    
    You have two pockets inside your jacket, and they both carry pistols. To get
    out your two holster guns, press triangle. If you walk over any other gun
    while holding your pistols, you will automatically pick up that weapon. If
    you run out of ammo with that gun, you will quickly get out your holsters.
    
    =========
     Shotgun
    =========
    
    The Shotgun is a powerful, inaccurate instrument. You will find that the
    shotgun is much more useful the closer you are to your target. The more you
    play through the game and the more you use the shotgun, you will soon learn
    that it is almost completely useless at long range.
    
    When you fire the shotgun, two or sometimes more or less shells come out. The
    further the bullets travel, the more they separate. This means that you have
    less of a chance hitting the target when you are more than 20 feet away.
    
    But, the good side of the shotgun; how much power this gun uses. It is quite
    amazing. If you are quite close to your target, there is more of a chance of
    the two shells hitting it, which will usually kill a normal human in one 
    shot.
    
    You will find that most gang members in the game (especially Triads and
    Yardies) carry shotguns. You can't really find shotguns anywhere else. You
    will know what a shotgun looks like. All it is is a long black gun, very
    different from any other gun in the game. I have had good times with this 
    gun, and I am sure you will too the longer you play the game.
    
    ========
     AK-47s
    ========
    
    The most common machine gun in the game. It is a very accurate and quite
    powerful gun, and it is probably better in many ways than the shotgun and
    pistol. It has quite good gun speed too, so you won't be standing there for
    ages wasting bullets on one or two enemies.
    
    Every gang in the game has this gun. This is my favourite weapon in the game.
    It is quite common, it is fast, deadly, accurate and loud. I love it. In some
    cases only there are better guns to use other than the AK but this is a machine
    gun, and it acts kind of like an all-rounder.
    
    It looks just like the assault rifles you see in the army. It has a black
    trigger and body, with orange and brown at the neck. It looks like a machine gun
    so really it is hard to miss. After killing a whole bunch of Triads or Yardies
    you would find this gun the most lying by the bodies.
    
    ===================
     Sub-machine gun/s
    ===================
    
    This is probably the most rare gun in the Getaway. It can only be found in 
    One mission with Mark, and only a couple of missions with Frank. In my opinion,
    this is probably the best gun in the game. I'm pretty sure that if it was as
    common as the AK or Shotgun, you would use this gun the most.
    
    Basically, this gun's the best. It is the fastest gun in the game, this usually
    means that it loses accuracy but this gun keeps the consistency of the
    accuracy. The gun also has a lot of power. It has a little bit more power than
    the AK-47, and to tell the truth it is not too far from the shotgun.
    
    I also found some more evidence on how this is the best gun in the game; you
    can carry two of them! The only other gun in the game that is a dual-weapon
    is the pistol, so dual-weapons are quite rare in this game. Double the gun,
    double the power, double the fun.
    
    The SWAT team usually carry this gun. They don't carry this all the time, but
    they carry this the most. Because of this, you will find this gun a lot more
    with Frank than you will with Mark.
    
    Now have you made up your mind on what the best gun is?
    
    =============
     Night-stick
    =============
    
    This is the very first melee weapon I picked up. It is basically just the same 
    as the other melee weapons but it looks different. Do you really want to know
    why I discovered this melee weapon first? Because I couldn't help myself from
    accidentally ramming a cop into another car. Yep. That's right. I was on a
    rampage and I thought I'd experiment with the police melees.
    
    There is really not much you can do with this weapon, well, you can't do
    anything other than hit people with this weapon. Believe it or not but you can
    actually kill a person with full health with only about 3-5 hits. But, as this
    is only a game, this will knock YOU out with about 3 hits so, there you go.
    
    Bear in mind that you can only find the night-stick on a cop. You'll have to
    kill a police man to pick up a night-stick.
    
    ==============
     Baseball Bat
    ==============
    
    The baseball bat is probably the most common melee weapon. You will find it on
    almost every mission. Gang members carry it the most, so it will usually get
    you into trouble if you want a baseball bat, because most of the time you'll
    have to kill a Yardie to get one. You can sometimes find one just lying on the
    floor, but that is quite rare. It has about the same amount of reach distance
    and power as the night-stick, but as you would expect they look completely
    different.
    
    =========
     Crowbar
    =========
    
    Well, it's a Crowbar. It is most commonly found in the hands of a Yardie, but
    then again, you can sometimes find it on the floor sometimes. It looks a lot
    different to the other melee weapons, but it has probably the same amount of
    power. Don't get yourself into too much hassle to pick up a Crowbar, as it
    works just as well as the other melee weapons.
    
    ==============
     Meat Cleaver
    ==============
    
    It's just a Meat Cleaver that they use in the kitchen and it basically has the
    same affect and power than all the other melee weapons. It's looks just how you
    are picturing right now. They use it to cut meat in the kitchen and in the game
    you use it to cut bodies into pieces. Got the picture?
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    11: The Characters -----------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This is the character list of the Getaway. It gives a full list of all the
    characters from the game, and it also gives a short description on who the
    person is and their general information.
    
    MAJOR SPOILERS! MAJOR SPOILERS! MAJOR SPOILERS! MAJOR SPOILERS! MAJOR SPOILERS!
    
    ==============
     Mark Hammond
    ==============
    
    He is the main character in the game and you play as him through half of the
    game. He is in a really tough situation that forces him on a huge amount of
    chaos across London. His son has been kidnapped and he is blackmailed by
    Charlie Jolson, his old boss. The deal is; Charlie gives Mark a job, Mark
    fails the job and Charlie kills his son, Alex.
    
    ==============
     Frank Carter
    ==============
    
    Frank is the other main character of the Getaway. He is a cop undercover on a
    case involving Charlie Jolson. Frank and Mark are on two opposite sides of a
    stick and come together in the middle somewhere and notice that they are two
    very similar men. He is a real hard-ass cop so try not to get on the wrong
    side of him......
    
    ================
     Charlie Jolson
    ================
    
    He is the biggest crime lord of London. He plays quite a big part in this game.
    He plays the villain in this game, he is hated and wanted by almost every
    person in London. He's screwed deals, he's betrayed and he's blackmailed a hell
    load of people - why would you not hate him. He sits in his chair all day
    making phone calls and smokin' cigars, that's how Mark describes him. He wears 
    a suit, he is quite fat/big, he is bald and he looks evil. Just how you would
    picture a villain in London crime.
    
    =============
     Jake Jolson
    =============
    
    Jake Jolson shares the same surname as Charlie, but I'm not quite sure how
    they are related. Anyhoo, Jake helps Charlie doing different things, and he is
    a very reliable colleague to Charlie. Mark is forced to brake Jake out of
    prison with Eyebrows. Mark never liked Jake the minute he set eyes on him,
    maybe that has something to do with the Jolson's, or maybe they just go
    together like Ice-cream on Pizza - got the picture?
    
    ======
     Liam
    ======
    
    Mark goes to Liam for help. In Mark's situation, Liam is the only person who
    trusts Mark, and the only person Mark can trust is Liam. The pair go years
    back and they used to be very close friends. They used to work together under
    the work of Nick Collins, but Mark left and Liam stayed. Liam helps Mark get
    through his little problem, and proves to be very loyal to Mark.
    
    ========
     Yasmin
    ========
    
    Yasmin wants to kill Charlie Jolson and when she meets Mark they decide to get
    the fat... man, together. Yasmin kills people for money and she also gets money
    off dancing in a club. So basically, she'll do anything for a spare bit of
    cash. In the end Mark and Yasmin find themselves in a really tight situation to
    kill Charlie Jolson, and anyone who steps in their path...
    
    ==========
     Eyebrows
    ==========
    
    Eyebrows is just one of Jolson's heavies. He'll do anything Charlie says because
    he's seen what Charlie can do. Eyebrows is quite a quiet character because he is
    scared that he'll say something stupid that will get him into trouble. He works
    with Mark sometimes on his missions, just for the ride...
    
    =======
     Harry
    =======
    
    Another one of Jolson's heavies. He doesn't work as much as Eyebrows, he's more
    of Charlie's talker. He'll give Charlie advice on some problems, he'll get
    Charlie linked with other crime lords with different links, and he'll make
    important phone calls. He's someone Charlie can trust, and Charlie really
    doesn't give damn what Harry does because he trusts him more than anyone else.
    
    ==========
     Grievous
    ==========
    
    Grievous isn't in the game as much as Charlie's other heavies, but he does
    appear here and there. Not much is known about Grievous, and I don't believe
    Charlie has much trust in him.
    
    ========
     Sparky
    ========
    
    He's a bit like Grievous. He works with the Bethnal Green Mob but he is not
    very close to being one of the main figures of the gang. I think he appears
    only a couple of times in the game. His most popular role in the game was 
    when he had a Triad tied up and he was torturing him using an electric wire.
    
    =================
     Clive McCormack
    =================
    
    McCormack is not a very nice person and he is hated by Mark and Frank. He is
    responsible for Frank's suspension, it is not clear how because it is not
    revealed in the game. McCormack is also responsible for locking up Mark on a
    case when Clive was clearly in the wrong.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Submitted by: Ojidragon
    
    Clive McCormack suspended Frank because he tried to bust Charlie by himself
    and when Mark kills McCormack they suspend him again or something like that
    because he hated McCormack.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    
    ========
     Jamahl
    ========
    
    He is the leader of the Yardies. Not much is known about him he just hates
    Charlie like everyone else. He doesn't have much speech in the game but you can
    tell that he has to have things his way, otherwise he will get very angry and
    you don't want that to happen as he is a very dangerous man.
    
    ==========
     Shan Chu
    ==========
    
    He is the leader of the Triads. Not much is known about him he just hates
    Charlie like everyone else. He doesn't have much speech in the game but you
    can tell that he has to have things his way, otherwise he will get very 
    angry and you don't want that to happen as he is a very dangerous man.
    
    ==============
    Nick Collins
    ==============
    
    Nick has an important role in the game but for some reason he doesn't appear in
    the game very often. He is the leader of the Collin's gang and his gang is the
    only gang that doesn't want you dead. He used to be Mark's boss, but Mark left.
    Nick isn't bothered much about Mark but he is bothered about Mark leaving and
    then working for Jolson. It takes some talking to convince Nick that this was
    all a set-up.
    
    END SPOILERS END SPOILERS END SPOILERS END SPOILERS END SPOILERS END 
    SPOILERS
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    12: The Vehicles -------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    Welcome to the vehicle section. The Getaway has about 50 vehicles in the game.
    All the cars are real, which is very different from the GTA games who have made
    up vehicles.
    
    I have played The Getaway for a very long time, and I know most of the vehicles
    in the game. I will give you the list of every vehicle that I found in the
    game. I will also try to give the list in alphabetical order. I will not split
    the list into different sections like sport cars and family cars because I
    think that it's easier to search through them this way.
    
    Anyway, here's the list:
    
    NOTE: I am almost certain that I have missed a couple of vehicles out. If I
    have, please submit them to me in the same format that I have used in the
    vehicle section. Thank you.
    
    Note: I have also listed the hidden vehicles in this list. The hidden 
    vehicles can only be found in Free Roam Mode.
    
    Alfa Romeo 156
    Ambulance
    Armoured Car
    Black Cab
    Brabus A190 Lang
    Brabus SL
    BT Work Van
    Citroen Saxo
    CityLink Van
    Daihatsu Hi-Jet
    Dennis Fire Engine
    Double-decker Bus
    FedEx van
    Fiat Punto
    Go-Kart
    Honda Accord
    Honda Civic
    Jensen M3 Interceptor
    Jensen SV8
    Lexus LS200
    Lexus lS430
    Lexus SC430
    Lorry
    Lotus 7
    Lotus Elite
    MG ZT
    Nissan Micra
    Nissan Skyline
    Peugeot 306
    Police Car - Peugeot 306
    Police car - Vauxhall Vectra
    Police van
    Police Vectra
    Prison van
    Range Rover
    Renault Espace
    Renault Laguna
    Rover 2000
    Rover SD1
    Rover SD1 - Yardie Gang Car
    Royal Mail van
    Saab 90
    Saab 9-3
    Single-decker Bus
    Toyota Corolla
    Toyota Hiace
    Toyota MR2
    TVR Cerbera
    Yellow Box Mover
    
    
    Now, the list above is the order I'm going to use my descriptions in. Below I
    will describe the vehicles.
    
    This is the format I'm going to use to describe the vehicles:
    
           Speed: It's top speed, faster is better
        Handling: How well it handles
          Damage: How much damage the car can take
    Acceleration: If it's quick to reach top speed, quicker is better
    
         Overall: My overall score of the car
    
    Then I'll describe the vehicle in a couple of paragraphs. I will try and give
    you a decent location of where to find the car. e.g the sports cars will be
    more common in the rich areas of London, like Mayfair. I will also tell you how
    good the vehicle works. I will describe speed, acceleration, handling and how
    the damage works.
    
    Note that the version you are reading is probably not complete. I am adding
    the vehicles slowly, and it'll probably take a long time for me to complete
    the whole list. Anyway, on with the vehicles.
    
    ================
     Alfa Romeo 156
    ================
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 8
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 6
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    The Alfa Romeo 156 is the only Alfa Romeo car in the game. It is quite common
    and it is a really good car. When you get the car working, it can go really
    fast. It can go fast, but it has quite a bad acceleration. You'll need to go
    down a long straight road if you want to get the best out of its speed.
    
    The handling is just a bit more than average. It is not so good at sharp turns
    but other than that it can turn quite well. If you're turning any corner at
    speed, the car will easily spin out of control. You have to be careful about
    spinning out of control.
    
    The damage is good for a luxury car. It can take quite a lot of hits, but it
    won't last if you crash into an oncoming car or object. It will last if you're
    only taking small hits but don't rely on it too much because it can just
    surprise you and blow up when you least expect it (it once happened to me).
    
    You can find this car all over London. It doesn't appear more in the north 
    or south, it is a very common car and it can be found just about anywhere.
    
    ===========
     Ambulance
    ===========
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 8
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    You know, those big vans with sirens... they deliver people to the hospital?
    They're called Ambulances? Anyway, the ambulances in this game are different
    to ambulances in other games, partly because you're in London.
    
    Anyway, the speed is quite terrible. It has an even worse acceleration so I
    don't think you'll ever discover its top speed. I don't think that you'll
    drive this vehicle a lot so don't worry a lot about the speed. Even if you
    do or will drive it, I doubt that you will use it as a getaway car.
    
    Handling is just as good as the speed. As the ambulance is a large vehicle,
    it is quite hard to handle at top speed (which is still slow) and sharp turns.
    You'll need to be very careful with the handling because it is very annoying
    when you spin out of control.
    
    The damage is a whole new thing altogether. It is a very tough vehicle and it
    can take a lot more damage then just an ordinary car. This is definitely the
    best aspect of the vehicle. You can rely on the damage I think, because you
    can easily tell how much more damage the car can take just by looking at it.
    
    Ambulances can be found at the hospital. Just outside the hospital, in the car
    park, you will always find an ambulance parked. Sometimes they appear on the
    street if you kill a lot of people.
    
    ==============
     Armoured Car
    ==============
    
           Speed: 5
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 9
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    This is one of the hidden vehicles in the game. It can only be found in Free
    Roam Mode so don't even bother about looking for it in the missions. Check
    out RMcGregor's hidden car FAQ at:
    
    http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/ps2/file/getaway_hidden_cars.txt
    
    The speed is even worse than the ambulance. Acceleration is about the same 
    but the top speed is horrendous. It's really hard to tell when it's at its top
    speed because the top speed is less than half of a family car's speed.
    
    The handling is also very poor. Although the speed is worse than a cat with a
    piano on its back, the handling is just as slow. If you want to turn a corner,
    your wheels move very slowly, mainly because the vehicle is so heavy. I
    wouldn't count on it.
    
    The damage is a whole new thing altogether. It almost seems that it's
    invincible. Look at the name, it's called: "Armoured Car". That means it is
    made especially for damage. Don't get too exited, though, it can blow up.
    When I first drove it, I thought it would never blow up - like the tank in
    Vice City. But then I started a rampage and sadly... it blew up *sheds a
    tear*.
    
    The armoured car looks nothing like a tank. It has wheels, and it's just a big
    black chunk with an engine. It can be found on Birdcage Walk, which is just
    next to Buckingham Palace. Check out the link above for much more descriptive
    directions.
    
    ===========
     Black Cab
    ===========
    
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is the black taxi that you always see driving around London. It is
    probably one of the most common cars in the game, and you can find it nearly
    anywhere in London.
    
    This car is average. It has average speed and acceleration. It can't go really
    fast but it can go fast enough to drive without screaming. It handles as well
    as it should. It can take sharp turns alright, and it's very good at keeping
    its control. It is also a big car, so it can take quite a lot of damage.
    
    ==================
     Brabus A190 Lang
    ==================
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 7.5/10
    
    The Brabus A-class is one of those 5-seater city cars. It is quite common and
    it can be found nearly anywhere around the city. It is quite small but fast.
    It is really easy to miss because it looks like so many other cars.
    
    I am pretty amazed at the speed of this car. It looks like one of those normal,
    average city cars, but it's so much more. The handling isn't bad either, it's
    about the same as you'd expect from a city car.
    
    This small, class car can be found almost anywhere. You will find it more in
    the centre of London, by the Thames. You might even find it sometimes in or
    near Hyde Park.
    
    ===========
     Brabus SL
    ===========
    
           Speed: 9
        Handling: 8
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    This has to be one of my favourite cars. It looks so good and it's such a
    smooth ride. It looks nice too!
    
    The speed is excellent. It can go REALLY fast if you want it to. The
    acceleration helps it too. You can get to top speed quite quickly, which has
    its advantages and disadvantages. Advantage: Sometimes you might want to go
    at top speed and just enjoy going fast. Disadvantage: It can go too fast, too
    quickly which is bad in busy roads.
    
    This Brabus is quite rare. I find it more common in the richer parts of
    London, such as Mayfair and Islington. It is more popular in the richer 
    parts because it is an expensive car.
    
    =============
     BT Work Van
    =============
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    This is one of those vans that are really rare, but they all look the same 
    So it's hard to tell, really. Anyway, this is the van that you use in mission 
    7: "Filthy Business", for Mark.
    
    The speed is quite bad, along with the acceleration. It takes quite a long
    time to get any speed at all, let alone reach its top speed. But, I guess
    that's what you'd expect from a commercial van.
    
    The handling is just as slow as the speed. It takes really long for it to move
    its wheels which makes it a nightmare at sharp turns. Handling is just as bad
    as the speed. As the BT van is a large vehicle, it is quite hard to handle at
    top speed (which is still slow) and sharp turns. You'll need to be very careful
    with the handling because it is very annoying when you spin out of control.
    
    You can find this monster anywhere around London. It doesn't appear more in
    one part of London than the other, it just likes to slowly drive around.
    
    ==============
     Citroen Saxo
    ==============
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 5
    Acceleration: 6
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    Another one of those small city cars that you always find cruising down the
    side of the river. It is quite common but it can be found more in the east of
    London.
    
    The speed is actually quite poor compared to the other city cars. It has a poor
    acceleration which is expected with a bad top speed... if you can call it speed.
    
    The car won't last you long either. It will smoke badly after a few small
    scratches. Lets just say that the car won't be loyal to you if you're not
    loyal to it.
    
    ==============
     CityLink Van
    ==============
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    This is almost identical to the BT work van. In fact, I am almost certain that
    they are two of the same vans, but with different design. The CityLink van has
    a green and yellow type colour on the side, so you can tell the difference
    between those commercial vans.
    
    The speed is quite bad, along with the acceleration. It takes quite a long time
    to get any speed at all, let alone reach its top speed. But, I guess that's
    what you'd expect from a commercial van.
    
    The handling is just as slow as the speed. It takes really long for it to move
    its wheels which makes it a nightmare at sharp turns. Handling is just as bad
    as the speed. As the BT van is a large vehicle, it is quite hard to handle at
    top speed (which is still slow) and sharp turns. You'll need to be very careful
    with the handling because it is very annoying when you spin out of control.
    
    You can find this monster anywhere around London. It doesn't appear more in
    one part of London than the other, it just likes to slowly drive around.
    
    ================
     Daihatsu Hi-Jet
    ================
    
           Speed: 5
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 5/10
    
    This is yet another van. It is not a good van at all. It has absolutely no
    sense of speed or control, so even moving at a slow pace this van can spin out
    of control.
    
    Just like most others, this van is very common. It carries boxes in the boot so
    it's slightly different to the other vans. It can mainly be found on the main
    roads, but then again, it can be spotted around in different places around
    London.
    
    ====================
     Dennis Fire Engine
    ====================
    
           Speed: 5
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 9
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    This is the London version to the fire engines produced around the world.
    It looks like any other fire engine, but it has the London feel to it.
    
    It can only be found in one mission... I think, and that mission is
    "Disturbance in Soho". If you find it anywhere else (like in Free Roam Mode
    or another mission) please get in contact with me with the location.
    
    ===================
     Double-decker Bus
    ===================
    
           Speed: 5
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 8
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    This is the London bus. I get in one nearly every day (in real life) and I 
    was very glad that they were included in The Getaway. They are those big, 
    horrible looking red vehicles that carry people and drive on bus lanes. It is
    quite hard to steal unless you know where to get in. To steal it, you need to
    go to the driver's door, and press circle. Most people get in from the back, so
    that's why I mentioned that.
    
    The speed is really crap. Well, I suppose that it's the law for buses to go
    slower than 20mph because, if they crash it will cause a lot more chaos than
    you could imagine. So basically, the speed is crap.
    
    The handling is just as slow as the speed. It takes really long for it to move
    its wheels which makes it a nightmare at sharp turns. Handling is just as bad
    as the speed. As the Bus is a large vehicle, it is quite hard to handle at top
    speed (which is still slow) and sharp turns. You'll need to be very careful
    with the handling because it is very annoying when you spin out of control.
    
    You can find the double-decker bus almost anywhere around London. It's a public
    transport vehicle, so it picks up people all over the place. If there's no
    double-decker bus around the area you are in, there will usually be a
    Single-decker bus (check out single-decker bus below).
    
    ===========
     FedEx van
    ===========
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    Another one of those commercial vans. The FedEx van is a BT work van or a
    CityLink van, but with a FedEx logo on the side. Other than that, they are all
    the same.
    
    The speed is quite bad, along with the acceleration. It takes quite a long time
    to get any speed at all, let alone reach its top speed. But, I guess that's
    what you'd expect from a commercial van.
    
    The handling is just as slow as the speed. It takes really long for it to move
    its wheels which makes it a nightmare at sharp turns. Handling is just as bad
    as the speed. As the BT van is a large vehicle, it is quite hard to handle at
    top speed (which is still slow) and sharp turns. You'll need to be very careful
    with the handling because it is very annoying when you spin out of control.
    
    You can find this monster anywhere around London. It doesn't appear more in
    one part of London than the other, it just likes to slowly drive around.
    
    ============
     Fiat Punto
    ============
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 5
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    The Fiat Punto is another city car that can be found just about anywhere. It
    is strangely addictive somehow, and I can't figure out why.
    
    I like this small city car, even though it looks really plain and boring. The
    looks could have been so much better, and that's not Team Soho's fault - it's
    Fiat's fault. The car in the game is almost identical to the real car, but even
    that looks bad.
    
    The speed is surprisingly good. Unlike other city cars, this car has a good
    acceleration and quick handling, so it makes this car perfect for swerving in
    and out of cars on busy roads. I think that you'll be pleasantly surprised with
    this car's ability.
    
    =========
     Go-Kart
    =========
    
           Speed: 5
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    Hehe... this car is funny. It is about the height of your ankles, and about as
    wide as your hips... your character can barely fit in it!
    
    The Go-Kart is another secret vehicle that can only be found in Free Roam Mode.
    I have only driven it once or twice and it has lasted me quite a long time.
    Despite how small it is, it can actually take quite a lot of damage. It has
    really poor acceleration and top speed but hey! This vehicle was made for fun.
    
    For the location, go to:
    
    http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/ps2/file/getaway_hidden_cars.txt
    
    ==============
     Honda Accord
    ==============
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 6
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    I like this little car. It does look really banged up when it's brand new, but
    it has a good little city feel to it. This car is usually driven by old middle
    aged single men, but it has been spotted with a woman driving it.
    
    I believe that this is the car that is used in Mark's fifth mission: "Taxi For
    Mr Chai?". This is the car that you use to deliver Mr Chai to Chinatown. It
    doesn't have very good getaway potential to it, but it does last.
    
    The Honda Accord is surprisingly not as common as the other city cars but
    then again it is not rare. You will find this on a busy road but this won't
    appear on an empty road.
    
    =============
     Honda Civic
    =============
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 6
    
         Overall: 6.5/10
    
    The Honda Civic is the Triad gang car early on in the game. I have to say that
    this car isn't very good, but it is quite tough. It can take quite a lot of
    hits before blowing up. The speed isn't bad either, but the acceleration is
    bad.
    
    I have seen this car parked in the big car park in Chinatown, the one that's
    used in one of Frank Carter's missions.
    
    =======================
     Jensen M3 Interceptor
    =======================
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    The Jensen M3 is an old sports car with a rusty engine. I swear, this baby
    would be so much better with a new engine. Basically - it's a classic muscle
    car. It has a good top speed along with good acceleration. The handling is
    poor, though, and it can easily spin out of control on sharp turns. Also, the
    Jensen M3 can't take much damage before burning out.
    
    ============
     Jensen SV8
    ============
    
           Speed: 9
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    This has to be one of my favourite cars in the game. It has an excellent top
    speed and excellent acceleration, but it lacks in handling and it is also quite
    weak. But best of all, it looks so cool!
    
    Now, don't get me started on the speed. The first time I took control of this
    baby, I lost control. I'm still not sure this is because of it's top speed, or
    because it has poor handling. But let me tell you: Good speed and poor handling
    don't go well together!
    
    The handling is another thing altogether. The Jensen SV8 has an excellent top
    speed and good acceleration, but with bad handling, it makes it hard to get
    used to the streets of London. Also, it is a small, weak car. Crashing in this
    car is common with beginners, and crashing a lot will blow up this car.
    
    This is a sexy, rich, fast sports car. Usually, this car is driven by old
    rich people... poor car, it should be owned by gangsters and criminals! This
    car can be found in the richer parts of London, try looking in Mayfair.
    
    =============
     Lexus LS200
    =============
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is one of the three Lexus cars in the game. To be honest, it is an
    average car, but it just looks more than that. It looks like a really fast
    luxury car, but it's just an average, good looking luxury car.
    
    It has quite a good top speed, with an average acceleration. It can go fast at
    times, that's why I'm giving it a 7/10. It is quite weak, though, so it might
    not last you as long as you'd expect. It can also occasionally spin out of
    control on sharp turns, but it doesn't do that often.
    
    This Lexus can be found everywhere around London, but it can be found more in
    the rich parts of London, such as Mayfair.
    
    =============
     Lexus LS430
    =============
    
           Speed: 9
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 9
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    This is the Bethnal Green Mob's gang car. You don't see it very much... in
    fact, I think you can only find it in one mission... and I must have forgot
    what mission that is.
    
    It is a sports coupe, so of course it's going to be fast...very fast! Along with
    a good top speed, it also has an excellent acceleration. This is not always good
    in the busy parts of London because the handling is quite poor, if you find a
    good open space, this car is like a diamond.
    
    I am not going to say that the handling is crap, but I will say that it doesn't
    fit the car's style. It has a really good top speed but the handling just
    doesn't work. It can spin out of control easily, and that is usually because
    the car is very fast.
    
    The Lexus LS430 is very small and it is also quite weak. It won't last you long
    in London because of difficult handling and a really quick acceleration. Don't
    expect this car to last because it won't if you continue to drive like a manic.
    
    You can find this Lexus around the Bethnal Green area. You will only find it
    being driven by someone out of the Bethnal Green Mob.
    
    =============
     Lexus SC430
    =============
    
           Speed: 9
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 9
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    This is almost the same as the Lexus above, the LS430. You will see this car
    is only driven by the Collins' gang gang members. It has an excellent
    acceleration topped with an even better top speed, but the handling seems to
    make the car spin out of control at fast speeds and it is also quite weak so
    unless you're an expert driver, you probably won't be driving it for too long.
    
    During Free Roam Mode and nearly every mission after the second, you will
    usually be blocked off by Soho boys driving this car. Soho boys usually make a
    small barricade to stop you from going, and the two gang members will get out
    of the car and try and kill you with their Ak47's. If you like the car they are
    driving, you won't enjoy it if you drive it when it's mashed up. I would
    recommend killing the gang members away from the Lexus if you're going to use
    it in the future; this being a very good idea as the SC430 is quite weak.
    
    You will find this car most in the Collins' gang turf, Soho. It can be found
    anywhere around London but it is most common in Soho.
    
    =======
     Lorry
    =======
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 8
    Acceleration: 6
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    An average lorry that slowly makes its way around London at various locations.
    It is not a very attractive vehicle, I have to say, and that is a good thing
    because this truck cannot perform well. There's not much more I can say about
    this monster. It has really bad speed, about average for a large vehicle, it
    has bad handling but the damage is good enough, mainly because it's a big
    vehicle.
    
    =========
     Lotus 7
    =========
    
           Speed: 9
        Handling: 8
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 9
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    This has to be my favourite car in the game. It is also the rarest car in the
    game, I think. You can only drive it at one time during the whole game. This is
    the old-fashioned Lotus car that you start off with in Free Roam Mode. It has
    speed, acceleration, surprisingly good handling but it disappoints me in the
    damage.
    
    The Lotus 7 may look like an old, rusty sport car that can't get faster than
    70mph, but the engine in this baby never gets old. The speed is incredible and
    it certainly surprised me when I first turned on the engine. You will go a lot
    faster than most other cars and the speed almost matches other sport coupes.
    
    The handling for the Lotus 7 is surprisingly good, as most fast cars have
    rubbish handling. This car only has one seat so it is an evenly balanced car.
    I think the balance helps quite a lot with the handling here because most sport
    cars spin out of control because of the balance. This car is, however capable
    of spinning out of control which can be a problem because the car is quite
    weak.
    
    This car can only be found at the start of Free Roam Mode. You could call it a
    hidden vehicle but it isn't really hidden. You cannot find it in any mission
    or anywhere in Free Roam Mode other than the start. If you mash up the car you
    have only yourself to blame because there will never be a replacement unless
    you restart Free Roam Mode.
    
    =============
     Lotus Elite
    =============
    
           Speed: 9
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 9
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    This car has to be one of the fastest vehicles in the game. Words can't 
    describe how fast this car can go, and I'm pretty sure that only one other car 
    in the game can match the speed, and that's not the Lotus 7.
    
    As you should well know by now, the streets of London are packed with cars and
    busy roads. The Lotus Elite has amazing acceleration and top speed, but the
    handling is pretty poor. When you are going quite fast, it is very easy to spin
    out of control and hit other cars and objects. The damage this car can take is
    also very weak, so this car probably won't last you long in London unless you
    are a very, very skilled driver.
    
    This car cannot be found anywhere around the streets of London. It is a rare
    vehicle and I have only found it in one mission and parked somewhere in Free
    Roam Mode. You can call this a hidden vehicle if you like, but it is not very
    hidden if you can find it in a mission, in my opinion. You will find this car
    parked always, but never alone. This car can only be found sitting next to a TVR
    car, so it's usually a fight to choose between those two babies.
    
    =======
     MG ZT
    =======
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    This is the only MG car in the game. This car is slightly different to the
    other sport cars in the game because this one is quite big. With quite a good
    acceleration and top speed, you are likely to crash this car a lot because it
    is quite big for a sports coupe. The damage isn't very good either, but 
    it'll have to last you.
    
    This car doesn't seem to spawn in one particular part of London. You can find
    this car anywhere in London, but it is quite a rare vehicle so you might 
    spend some time looking for it.
    
    ==============
     Nissan Micra
    ==============
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is another one of those small city cars that are found driving around
    London. A common vehicle, but nothing special. Less than average acceleration
    and top speed, handling works fine, and damage is just a bit less than damage.
    You won't get angry driving this Micra, but you won't remember it as a special 
    car. In my view, it's an average vehicle.
    
    This car doesn't seem to spawn in one particular part of London. You can find
    this car anywhere in London. It is a common vehicle so just look for the Nissan
    badge somewhere on the car to tell what car you are looking at.
    
    ================
     Nissan Skyline
    ================
    
           Speed: 9
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 9
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is the Triad Gang car. It is one of the two Nissan cars in the game but
    the Skyline is a sports coupe. It has a big engine so it can get to a really
    fast speed quite quickly. It is not, however faster than the other sport motors
    in the game.
    
    Although this is the Triad Gang car, it is also a hidden vehicle. You can find
    this car parked somewhere in Hyde Park in Free Roam Mode, next to the Lotus
    and TVR.
    
    NOTE:
    The Triads have two gang cars including this one. At the beginning of the game,
    the Triads seem to drive Honda Civics. But, towards the latter stages of the
    game, they drive the Nissan Skyline.
    
    =============
     Peugeot 306
    =============
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    An average car. It has average speed, handling, damage and acceleration. It is
    a city car, and it can be found anywhere in London, but it tends to appear more
    north of the river.
    
    There are two models of the Peugeot 306 in this game, one of them being a city
    car (like this one) and the other one being an emergency police car. You will
    notice something different to this city car, though, and that is the "GB"
    sticker on the back of the car next to the number-plate. I think that this is
    another realistic feature put in by Team Soho.
    
    ==========================
     Police Car - Peugeot 306
    ==========================
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 7.5/10
    
    This is one of the police cars with sirens that you can find quite frequently
    throughout the game. Basically, all it is is a clone of the Peugeot 306 but
    with a different design and sirens. But, I did notice something different
    between the two cars other than the looks, and that is the speed. The Police
    Peugeot 306 can go a lot faster than the normal Peugeot 306. This just makes it
    easier for the police to catch you.
    
    You can find the Police Peugeot 306 anywhere. It doesn't appear more by the
    police station or anything like that, but on every road you will find at least
    one of them. Also if you kill a lot of people more of them turn up.
    
    ==============================
     Police car - Vauxhall Vectra
    ==============================
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 8
          Damage: 8
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    A bit faster than the Peugeot police car and also has improved handling. I
    think that the police Vauxhall Vectra is the more popular of the police
    vehicles. Almost identical to the normal Vauxhall Vectra but a bit faster with
    sirens.
    
    You can find the Police Vauxhall Vectra anywhere. It doesn't appear more by the
    police station or anything like that, but on every road you will find at least
    one of them. Also if you kill a lot of people more of them turn up.
    
    ============
     Police Van
    ============
    
           Speed:
        Handling:
          Damage:
    Acceleration:
    
         Overall:
    
    I have never driven one of these before. I am pretty sure that this is what
    the SWAT (SO19) team drive but I'm not quite sure. Please submit info on this
    vehicle if you have driven it before. Thank you!
    
    ===============
     Police Vectra
    ===============
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 8
          Damage: 8
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    A bit faster than the Peugeot police car and also has improved handling. I
    think that the police Vectra is the more popular of the police vehicles.
    Almost identical to the normal Vauxhall Vectra but a bit faster with sirens.
    
    This is the emergency car that Frank Carter seems to drive a lot. I think it
    only comes in silver but it has blue sirens. It is an unmarked police car and
    it has the exact same body as the police Vauxhall Vectra, but it's meant to
    just look like a normal Vauxhall Vectra.
    
    ============
     Prison Van
    ============
    
           Speed:
        Handling:
          Damage:
    Acceleration:
    
         Overall:
    
    This is the prison van that is holding Jake Jolson when you bust him out on
    mission 4 (Aiding and Abetting). You never get to drive the prison van so I
    can't exactly give you the scores. I have never come across it in the game
    apart from mission 4. Not much more I can add to this vehicle.
    
    =============
     Range Rover
    =============
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 8
          Damage: 8
    Acceleration: 6
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is the only 4x4 car in the game. It is a large vehicle and basically, it's
    just as you'd expect it to look like - a Range Rover. It has quite bad speed,
    excellent handling, not bad damage and the acceleration is quite poor. You
    wouldn't pick up this car if you had a lot of time to choose what car you want,
    but it would do you good if you were under pressure from the police 
    and you need a car ASAP.
    
    This car can be found anywhere in London. However, it tends to be more popular
    around the River Thames. I wouldn't go looking for it but I would drive it if
    I had to.
    
    ================
     Renault Espace
    ================
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is a people carrier vehicle. All it is is your average vehicle. If your
    car blows up in the middle of an empty road, and this is one of your only
    choices, it would be a good idea to hop in it.
    
    The "Espace" in the car name almost sums it up. If you live in Great Britain,
    you should have seen the advert for this car. If you see the advert, that's
    exactly what it looks like in the game. It is one of the only people carrier
    vehicles in the game and it works well. It has a lot of empty space in the
    car but it still works well.
    
    It has average speed, average handling, average damage and quite a slow
    acceleration. You can find it almost everywhere, but it has this habit of
    showing up towards the north side of the river more than anywhere else.
    
    ================
     Renault Laguna 
    ================
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 8
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is almost the same as the Espace. I think it looks like quite a horrible
    vehicle, so just by looking at it you probably won't get in it. It is an estate
    car and that might as well ruin your chances of ever getting in it.
    
    It has average speed, average handling, average damage and quite a slow
    acceleration. You can find it almost everywhere, but it has this habit of
    showing up towards the north side of the river more than anywhere else.
    
    ============
     Rover 2000
    ============
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    The Rover 200 is just an average, normal car. It doesn't work very well, as
    the engine isn't a new edition. The Rover 2000 is quite a weird vehicle
    because, unlike other cars, this car has a better top speed than acceleration.
    It doesn't look that great, though, but it probably performs better than it
    looks.
    
    The Rover 2000 is quite a common vehicle in the game. It can be found nearly
    everywhere in London, but it seems to show up more around the King Cross area.
    It can also be quite popular by the Barbican area.
    
    ===========
     Rover SD1
    ===========
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 6
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    In one word - rubbish. In three words - Worthless and pathetic. This car looks
    like something out of the sewers, it handles like there is something pushing
    the tyres the other way, it is weak and it is slower than a horse carrying a
    piano.
    
    I have only seen this Rover in brown, and I am not sure if it comes in any
    other colour. This monster of a vehicle has been spotted numerous times
    around London, but it is more common around anywhere south of the river.
    
    =============================
     Rover SD1 - Yardie Gang Car
    =============================
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    Thank god: it has the same name as the rover SD1, but it is just so much
    better. It has a better top speed and an even better acceleration. It handles
    surprisingly well, but it can't take much damage which is quite poor for a
    gang car. I think you will be pleasantly shocked when you hop in to this 
    sweet ride.
    
    You can find this car in Clerkenwell, the Yardie turf. This car is actually
    quite hard to find in Free Roam Mode because the Yardies don't chase you in
    Free Roam as much. However, this car seems to be more common in the missions
    because the Yardies know you are working for Jolson.
    
    ================
     Royal Mail Van
    ================
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    Another one of those commercial vans. The Royal Mail van is a BT work van or a
    CityLink van, but with a Royal Mail logo on the side. Other than that, they are
    all the same.
    
    The speed is quite bad, along with the acceleration. It takes quite a long time
    to get any speed at all, let alone reach its top speed. But, I guess that's
    what you'd expect from a commercial van.
    
    The handling is just as slow as the speed. It takes really long for it to move
    its wheels which makes it a nightmare at sharp turns. Handling is just as bad
    as the speed. As the BT van is a large vehicle, it is quite hard to handle at
    top speed (which is still slow) and sharp turns. You'll need to be very careful
    with the handling because it is very annoying when you spin out of control.
    
    You can find this monster anywhere around London. It doesn't appear more in one
    part of London than the other, it just likes to slowly drive around.
    
    ==========
     Saab 900
    ==========
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is one of the two Saab cars in The Getaway. It looks like a really crap
    and horrible car, which will put you off hopping in. Slightly less than average
    is probably a fair comment about this car, as it can't perform well, but
    somehow the top speed is quite excellent.
    
    Now, lets talk about the speed. If you look at the stats above, you will see
    that the speed has a better ranking than the acceleration. This is not a
    mistake, but I believe it's true. Somehow, I got this car to its top speed,
    and I have to say that it took a lot longer than it does with other cars. I
    think this is the only car in the game that I have marked with a better top
    speed than acceleration. I'm not saying the acceleration is bad, but the top
    speed is much better.
    
    The handling is quite weak, however, and this car isn't very reliable. As well
    as the handling, the car is just as weak. Too many crashes will have this car
    in the dump.
    
    This car can be found almost anywhere in London. It does appear more south of
    the river, though. If you look around the downmarket areas you are more likely
    to find the Saab 900.
    
    ==========
     Saab 9-3
    ==========
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    This is just a modern version of the 900. It is almost the same in statistics,
    but it looks so much better. The 9-3 also has improved the acceleration from
    the 900, but the top speed is almost the same. Not much I can add to this
    description. It can be found almost everywhere around London but it is quite
    rare and I've only been in one a few times.
    
    ===================
     Single-decker bus
    ===================
    
           Speed: 5
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 8
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    This is the London bus. I get in one nearly every day (in real life) and I was
    very glad that they were included in The Getaway. They are those big, horrible
    looking red vehicles that carry people and drive on bus lanes, but they are the
    smaller of the two buses. It has one floor or 'deck' and it is just as long as
    the double-decker bus.
    
    The speed is really crap. Well, I suppose that it's the law for buses to go
    slower than 20mph because, if they crash it will cause a lot more chaos than
    you could imagine. So basically, the speed is crap.
    
    The handling is just as slow as the speed. It takes really long for it to move
    its wheels which makes it a nightmare at sharp turns. Handling is just as bad
    as the speed. As the Bus is a large vehicle, it is quite hard to handle at top
    speed (which is still slow) and sharp turns. You'll need to be very careful
    with the handling because it is very annoying when you spin out of control.
    
    You can find the single-decker bus almost anywhere around London. It's a public
    transport vehicle, so it picks up people all over the place. If there's no
    single-decker bus around the area you are in, there will usually be a double-
    decker bus (check out double-decker bus above).
    
    ================
     Toyota Corolla
    ================
    
           Speed: 7
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 7
    
         Overall: 7/10
    
    The Toyota Corolla is an average, 5-seater, standard issue..... car. The speed
    isn't bad, but it isn't very good either. It might take a while to get this car
    up to top speed because the acceleration is quite bad.
    
    In real life, this is said to be one of the most popular cars in Britain. If
    you ever see the advert on TV, you'll know what I mean. Another realistic
    feature I found out about this game and Team Soho, is that this car is probably
    one of the most common cars in the game. Coincidence... I think not!
    
    I haven't really found a home for this car yet. I have found it in various
    parts of London, but because it's so popular, I can't keep count on where I've
    seen it. Sorry, but I don't know where it appears most.
    
    ===============
     Toyota Hi-Ace
    ===============
    
           Speed: 6
        Handling: 7
          Damage: 7
    Acceleration: 6
    
         Overall: 6.5/10
    
    This is one of the larger cars that you find in the game, but it's not a van or
    truck. If you've been in the Renault Espace, you will be very familiar with
    this car. The only difference is, this has worse speed and acceleration.
    
    It has average speed, average handling, average damage and quite a slow
    acceleration. You can find it almost everywhere, but it has this habit of
    showing up towards the north side of the river more than anywhere else.
    
    ============
     Toyota MR2
    ============
    
           Speed: 8
        Handling: 8
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 8
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    This is another sports car. It is the only Toyota sports coupe in the game.
    For a sports car, you usually expect a good top speed and acceleration. Well,
    this car has very quick acceleration, but the top speed isn't that great.
    
    The Toyota MR2 is very quick off the mark, but it doesn't go as fast as you'd
    expect it to go. However, the handling makes up for the top speed as this car
    can handle this car quite easily. The car is quite vulnerable to big crashes,
    though, but it will take some doing if you're going to blow it up with your
    gun. Be aware that tyres will pop quite easily in London.
    
    Once again, I haven't found a home for this place. I've seen it almost
    everywhere. It is quite common for a sports car, but it doesn't follow you
    around everywhere, you know.
    
    =============
     TVR Cerbera
    =============
    
           Speed: 9
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 6
    Acceleration: 9
    
         Overall: 8/10
    
    Undoubtedly one of the fastest cars in the game.... one of the fastest? What
    am I crackin'? This is the fastest car in the game. You will see this car a
    lot in the cutscenes, especially during Mark's missions. In case you haven't
    already figured out, this is the car that Liam drives throughout most of the
    game. You will see him with it a couple of times while he is talking to Mark
    over the phone.
    
    You can find this baby in two story missions, and it is parked somewhere in
    Free Roam mode. The very few times you get to drive this vehicle, you will
    probably blow it up straight away. It can't take too much hits before catching
    fire, and the handling is pretty poor.
    
    After my few experiences inside this vehicle, I think that it is easier to
    drive if you accelerate, brake and reverse with the right analogue-stick. Using
    the right analogue-stick will make it easier to control the car, I think. You
    can determine how quick and how slow you accelerate, and you can slow down at
    your own pace. But, it is totally up to you.
    
    I've already told you about how fast this car is but I haven't said how poor it
    is when handling. As fast as this car is, that isn't an excuse for it's rubbish
    handling. It is very capable of spinning out of control, even on straight
    roads. This is just as bad because the car is really weak, so it probably
    won't last you more than 2 minutes.
    
    This car can be found in the garage in Charlie's mansion up in Mayfair. You
    only visit the mansion in three missions in the game, but only in one of them
    can you actually drive it. The other mission is one of Frank Carter's missions.
    I can't remember what mission but it is parked next to a Lotus in a garage.
    
    ==================
     Yellow Box Mover
    ==================
    
           Speed: 5
        Handling: 6
          Damage: 9
    Acceleration: 5
    
         Overall: 6/10
    
    This is one of the hidden vehicles that I discovered in the game that is not
    found in Free Roam Mode. When I was playing the first mission, I was trying to
    work out what way was easiest if you wanted to get in the warehouse
    (descriptions for the walkthrough). I was looking around the area just outside
    the warehouse and I found a small yellow vehicle with boxes being held up by
    spikes. I got in the box mover and started driving around and running people
    over. Cool, huh?
    
    It doesn't have speed, but what do you expect? Anyway you don't need it to go
    fast because you never drive on the roads with the vehicle, you're always
    trapped in a small space. Anyway, the few times I've driven this box mover I've
    never once seen it blow up. Shows how tough it is.
    
    I have also found a box mover in another mission, but it wasn't yellow. I saw
    it and drove it on the Sol Vita in the final mission for Mark. I couldn't get
    off the ship, though, it's a shame. Try finding one for yourself, they're
    quite cool!
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    There, I think that's all of the vehicles in the game. If  have missed any
    out, please tell me as soon as possible. I can't find any missing vehicles,
    but I'm sure I've missed at least one out.
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    13: Cool Things/Misc. --------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This is the fun part of the game and guide. This section basically covers the
    side parts of the game; such as the Free Roam Mode, hidden secrets, and other
    cool stuff I have discovered.
    
    ================
     Free Roam Mode
    ================
    
    This is just a little extra treat you get once you complete all of the story
    missions. Surly the game makers wouldn't let you freely cruise around London
    off-mission. Take this little extra for granted. It is really good and it
    gives you the chance to just drive where you want, and do what you want.
    
    The Collins Gang seem to drive around in their sport coupes in Free Roam Mode,
    so do the other gangs, but not as much as the Soho boys. They will shoot at
    your car is they pass you on the street, so be ready for random shootings.
    
    It is not a very good idea to step in Chinatown during Free Roam Mode, because
    the Triads will shoot at you. If you want some action, and you want to get
    chased, your best options are to either go to Chinatown, or start shooting at
    the police. It is really fun to get chased and shot at by the cops because most
    of them are really stupid.
    
    In Free Roam Mode, you will find everything you find in the missions (other
    than the gang wars). You might want to find the mission locations by yourself
    but I personally think that is boring. There are also hidden extras in Free
    Roam Mode that I enjoyed checking out, and you might be too. These hidden
    extras are things like vehicles not in the story mode.
    
    If you look deeply into the heart of London, you can find things like golf
    carts, tanks, go-carts, Nissan Skyliners and other really cool cars. If you
    want to check out these vehicles, go to RMcGregor's Hidden Cars FAQ at:
    
    http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/ps2/file/getaway_hidden_cars.txt
    
    You also start with a really cool, old fashioned Lotus. The Lotus 7 can only
    be found and driven at the start of Free Roam Mode. If you lose it, you will
    not be able to retrieve it so you might as well find a new cool car or start
    again.
    
    ============
     Indicators
    ============
    
    In Free Roam Mode, you can go wherever you want around London, so you don't
    have to follow your indicators. There is a little trick I picked up during Free
    Roam mode that allows you to make your own indicators. If you really want to
    know how it feels to be a normal citizen of London, you can press L2 (in your
    car) to indicate right, and L1 to indicate left. This is just a little extra
    the developers put in to put the extra realism in it.
    
    ==================
     Yellow Box Mover
    ==================
    
    In the story missions of the game, sometimes you might find a yellow box
    mover. I don't know what they are there for because you can get through the
    missions fine without them. They are quite fun to ride, though, because they
    can go faster than you can run, and you can run people over with them.
    
    The first box mover I found was in the very first story mission for Mark
    Hammond. It is just outside the warehouse. If you go into the area outside the
    building of the warehouse, you should find a yellow vehicle next to the
    trailers. You can get in this box mover and run the guards over. Sometimes this
    is an easier way to get in the warehouse, but you can always shoot your way
    through....
    
    Anyway, in the later missions, you will find guards or enemies driving these
    box movers to kill you. You can easily dodge them by stepping out of the way
    because they are very slow vehicles.
    
    ===========
     Locations
    ===========
    
    Like I said earlier somewhere in this section, Free Roam Mode has everything in
    the story missions apart from the gangs and enemies, plus extra things. There
    is a little task you can try out.
    
    Try finding the various mission locations. Try and find Charlie's warehouse,
    look for the car park in Chinatown, try and go into the Yardie Crack house, go
    looking for the garage with cool cars, go knock yourself out.
    
    You really don't have to look for those places, they're just there to make this
    game longer and for you to enjoy the game for longer. You might find this task
    quite boring but I fond it quite cool reminiscing with old jobs.
    
    ======================
     Drive Burnt Out Cars
    ======================
    
    I think I mentioned this somewhere earlier in the guide but I can't remember
    so I'll make it more clear in this section.
    
    Go crazy. Just go mental driving your car around London. Forget about keeping
    your car clean because that's not what this trick is all about. Really smack
    your car into the walls and try to wreck it as much as you can. When your car
    has more than one tyre popped, and black smoke is coming out from different
    parts of the car, get out. Get out your holster weapons and shoot at your car.
    
    Keep shooting at your mashed up car until it catches fire. When it is burning,
    just wait for a while and the flames will slowly go out. Once the flames are
    out, the car will go all black and rusty with no wheels.
    
    Now, I don't know how this works because the engine is meant to be completely
    burnt out. Press circle by the door of the car and you should get into the
    car. You should also be able to drive the car, but it won't work nearly as
    well as a nearly blown up car. It will travel much slower than you can run,
    so really the only point of it is just an extra feature the makers put in for
    fun. Don't ask me how I found out this little trick, I really can't remember.
    
    ========
     Cheats
    ========
    
    This is for the cheaters out there. The Getaway dos not have many cheats, well,
    not as much as other games. Here is the list of cheat codes in the  game. Oh,
    and erm... thanks to the cheat submitters at GameFAQs for these cheats. If
    these cheats don't work, please get in contact with me and I will remove them
    from the guide.
    
    ~~~~~~~
     Codes
    ~~~~~~~
    
    Enter these during the opening movie at the main menu:
    
    Press UP, DOWN, LEFT, RIGHT, SQUARE, TRIANGLE, CIRCLE - Armoured car weapon
    
    Press UP, UP, LEFT, LEFT, RIGHT, RIGHT, CIRCLE, CIRCLE, DOWN - Double Health
    
    Press Up, Down, Left, Right, Triangle, Up, Down, Left, Right, Square -
    Infinite Ammo
    
    Press Triangle x3, left, square, triangle x3, left, circle - Unlocks Free 
    Roam Mode and credits early
    
    If you have any codes that work and I have missed out, please tell me.
    
    =============
     Hidden Cars
    =============
    
    In Free Roam Mode, you can find hidden vehicles and extras that you won't be
    able to find in the missions. Below is just the list of hidden vehicles in the
    game. I won't give you any details just yet because I don't have Rob McGregor's
    permission.
    
    * Lotus 7
    * Nissan Skyline GTR-33
    * TVR Cerbera
    * Lotus M250
    * Go-Kart
    * Peugeot 306 Modified
    * Golf Kart
    * Royal Parks Daihatsu Hi-Jet 
    * Lotus Esprit
    * City Works Transit
    * Saab Concept
    * Four Wheeled Armoured Car (Tank)
    
    For more information on the hidden vehicles, visit RMcGregor's hidden car guide
    at:
    
    http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/ps2/file/getaway_hidden_cars.txt
    
    ================
     Go-Kart Glitch
    ================
    
    This is a small glitch that I picked up when I was driving the Go-Kart. This
    wasn't a very fun glitch for me because of the laziness of Team Soho, but it
    is still quite weird. Well, it seems that Team Soho didn't bother to change
    the animation from getting into a normal car, and a Go-Kart.
    
    If you press circle to get in the Go-Kart, Mark will wave his hand around and
    pretend to open an invisible. Basically, all it is is the same animation as
    Mark getting in a car, but as the Go-Kart only has one seat and it is very
    small, Mark looks like a lunatic.
    
    Also, when you reverse, Mark will put his hand on the "invisible" passenger
    seat like he does in a normal car. This looks quite funny as there is no seat
    there. Laziness, or drugs?
    
    That's all for now, folks! If you have any other cool miscellaneous stuff then
    please contact me at: casanova973@hotmail.com
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    14: Gangs --------------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    Here are the gangs of The Getaway:
    
    MAJOR SPOILERS! MAJOR SPOILERS! MAJOR SPOILERS! MAJOR SPOILERS! MAJORSPOILERS!
    
    ===================
     Bethnal Green Mob
    ===================
    
    Leader: Charlie Jolson
    Weapons: Pistol, Shotgun, AK-47, Baseball Bat
    Location: Bethnal Green
    Country: England
    Rival Gang: All gangs
    
    Information:
    You could say that the Bethnal green Mob are the most popular gang in The
    Getaway. Mark Hammond used to work for Charlie Jolson, but he went to the
    Collins' gang - then he decided to drop the criminal life. The Bethnal Green
    Mob kidnapped Mark's son and blackmailed him into doing work or losing his son.
    Basically, you as Mark work for this game throughout the game.
    
    They have quite a lot of members in the Bethnal Green Mob. Charlie's nephew,
    Jake helps Charlie run the gang. Jolson also has some heavies: Eyebrows,
    Grievous, Harry, Sparks and some fat guy (read Characters section above for
    more details).
    
    ========
     Triads
    ========
    
    Leader: Shan Chu
    Weapons: Pistol, AK-47, Meat Cleaver
    Location: Chinatown
    Country: China
    Rival Gang: Yardies
    
    Information:
    The Triads don't really get on with anyone, but then again they don't really
    have major rivals. The Yardies want beef with them quite a lot but they are a
    very sociable group of people. If a gang starts on the triads, they will get
    together and have a good old fashion gang war - but that's all part of being in
    a gang.
    
    It is not a very good idea to step foot or even look in Chinatown because they
    do not like people stepping on their territory. They will take it as a serious
    offence and most probably kill you. I would only advise stepping in Chinatown
    if you are on a mission.
    
    =========
    Yardies
    =========
    
    Leader: Jamahl
    Weapons: Shotgun, AK-47, Crowbar
    Location: Clerkenwell
    Country: Jamaica
    Rival Gang: Triads
    
    Information:
    Well, what can I say? The Yardies want to make rivals and not make friends with
    any other gangs. They originate from Jamaica, and selling crack is their main
    source of money. They are quite a violent gang and they will most probably kill
    you if you screw up a deal to do with drugs.
    
    The leader of the Yardies, Jamahl is not a patient man. He does not take any
    nonsense from anyone, and only his loyal gang members live for very long under
    his leadership. He, like everyone else hates Charlie Jolson and wants to kill
    him.
    
    ==============
    Collins Gang
    ==============
    
    Leader: Nick Collins
    Weapons: The basics
    Location: Soho
    Country: England
    Rival Gang: Bethnal Green Mob
    
    Information:
    This gang doesn't appear a lot in the game. The leader, Nick Collins, used to
    be Mark's old boss. He really hates Charlie and his gang, for more than one
    reasons. You, as Mark, have to destroy Nick's bar in one of the early missions.
    Because of this, the Collins' gang try to kill you for the rest of the game. It
    takes Mark a lot of talking to convince Nick that this was all a set-up, and
    Mark really just wanted his boy and no harm done.
    
    END SPOILERS END SPOILERS END SPOILERS END SPOILERS END SPOILERS END SPOILERS
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    15: Game Script --------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This is R Carr's game script for The Getaway. You can also find this guide on
    a separate page on GameFAQs. Check out the link below:
    
    http://db.gamefaqs.com/console/ps2/file/getaway_script.txt
    
    ******************************************************************************
                                 -= Mark Hammond =-
    ******************************************************************************
    1. The Frightener
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Harry, Eyebrows and Grievous wait in a car while Yasmin knocks on the door of 
    Mark Hammond's house. Harry and Eyebrows talk about Yasmin.
    
    Eyebrows: 
    What's with the bird, Harry?
    
    Harry: 
    She's one of Charlie's specials.
    
    Eyebrows: 
    Specials?
    
    Harry: 
    Special people with special jobs. She used to be on the game until she found 
    her true calling.
    
    Eyebrows: 
    What the fuck you talking about, Harry?
    
    Harry: 
    She does the wet jobs. Charlie says they never see it coming from a bird.
    
    Eyebrows: 
    What, she's a topper? 
    
    Harry: 
    Oh, yeah, mate. She's not the slightest bit squeamish about a bit of claret. 
    
    Eyebrows: 
    Why the fuck do we need someone like that on a job like this? It's meant to be 
    a simple frightener. We pick up the bird, we pick up the kid and we take them 
    to Charlie. 
    
    Harry: 
    You going soft, Eyebrows? Getting scruples, mate? Don't you know things have an 
    habit of getting complicated?
    
    Eyebrows: 
    Complicated? What can be complicated about picking up some bird and her kid?
    
    Yasmin walks back over and gets in the car.
    
    Yasmin: 
    They're on their way down.
    
    She notices Eyebrows is staring at her.
    
    Yasmin: 
    And what are you looking at?
    
    Eyebrows looks away.
    
    Yasmin: 
    Oh, nothing to say? Good. Fuckin' Charlie. Said I'd be working with 
    professionals, not a bunch of bloody has-beens.
    
    Harry: 
    Shut it, 'ere they come.
    
    Suzie and Alex Hammond leave the house.
    
    Harry: 
    Right, let's do the business then.
    
    Yasmin: 
    Watch and learn something. You move when I tell you to move. We'll wait till 
    they've locked the door. The first rule: Never leave the transaction an 
    obvious route of escape.
    
    Suzie locks the door and starts walking down the street with Alex.
    
    Yasmin: 
    Let's go.
    
    Harry, Yasmin and Grievous get out of the car and walk over to Suzie.
    
    Eyebrows: 
    Transaction? Christ, what a bitch!
    
    Suzie is talking to Alex about school.
    
    Suzie: 
    Your dad told me you might be captain of the squad this year. We'd be proud of 
    you then, eh?
    
    Yasmin: 
    Mrs. Hammond. Could we have a word? We've got a few questions we'd like to ask 
    you.
    
    Suzie: 
    Who's asking?
    
    Yasmin: 
    We'd like to discuss this in private, if we could.
    
    Suzie: 
    You're not the police. Since when did the police start dressing like common 
    tarts?
    
    Yasmin: 
    You bitch!
    
    They start fighting in the street.
    
    Suzie: 
    Run, Alex! Run!
    
    Yasmin: 
    Get them in the car. Move it!
    
    Suzie: 
    MARK! Go, Alex, run! MARK!
    
    Yasmin: 
    Shut him up!
    
    Mark hears the shouting from his bedroom. He gets up and runs to the window.
    
    Mark: 
    Suze!
    
    Suzie: 
    MARK!
    
    He runs downstairs. Harry and Grievous wrestle with Suzie. A gun goes off.
    
    Alex:
    MUM!
    
    Yasmin: 
    Idiots! Bloody amateurs!
    
    Mark runs out to the street.
    
    Eyebrows drives the car just down the road from Mark's house.
    
    Eyebrows: 
    Come on, get in the car, quick!
    
    Alex: 
    Put me down! Get off!
    
    Yasmin picks Alex up and tries to get him into the car.
    
    Eyebrows: 
    Come on, come on! Get him in. Get him in.
    
    Harry, Grievous and Yasmin get in the car. 
    
    Eyebrows: 
    Go! Go! Go! Go! 
    
    They drive off as Mark runs over to Suzie.
    
    Mark: 
    Don't worry, Suze.
    
    Mark picks up the gun, leaving his fingerprints on it.
    
    Suzie: 
    Get our boy back. Get our boy...
    
    A woman walks round the corner behind Mark, screams, and drops her bags when 
    she sees Suzie on the floor. 
    
    Mark: 
    Suze! Suzie!
    
    Suzie dies. He screams and runs to his car. He chases the red car to Charlie's 
    warehouse and shoots his way through the warehouse to Charlie's office. 
    
    Mark: 
    Jolson, you bastard!
    
    Alex: 
    Dad! 
    
    Mark is hit over the head and knocked unconscious. He wakes up tied to a chair. 
    Alex is no longer in the room.
    
    Eyebrows: 
    I think he's with us again.
    
    Charlie: 
    Morning, sunshine. Good to see you again. D'you sleep well? You look a little 
    drowsy. Grievous, bring the boy round. I want his undivided attention.
    
    Mark: 
    Where's my son, you fat bastard?
    
    Charlie: 
    Patience, Mark, my boy. All in good time.
    
    Mark: 
    I'm warning you, Charlie. If you don't tell me where my son is, you better kill
    me now.
    
    Charlie: 
    Is that any way to greet an old friend? Stop talking and start listening, 
    Hammond. You're in no position to be making demands.
    
    Mark: 
    What's this all about, Charlie? I thought you'd retired. You know I have. I'm 
    not with the Collins' gang any more. You know that. I'm running a nightclub. 
    I've been out nearly two months and I'm not in the life. I don't do this shit 
    any more!
    
    Charlie:
    Relax son, you'll do yourself an injury.
    
    Mark:
    I'll do you an injury, Charlie! I fuckin' swear I'll kill you!
    
    Eyebrows tries to keep Mark from jumping out of the chair.
    
    Eyebrows:
    Get back here! Get back here!
    
    Charlie: 
    Eyebrows... Eyebrows... Sit down and behave yourself. Make the boy listen.
    
    Eyebrows punches Mark and he falls to the floor.
    
    Charlie: 
    Can you hear me? Are you listening now, Markie-boy? Put him in the chair. Do I
    have your attention now, Markie-boy? Cos we're gonna play a little game. Do you
    like games, son? Eyebrows, give him the phone.
    
    Eyebrows hands Mark a phone.
    
    Charlie:
    This is the game we're gonna play. It's a bit like Simon Says, only you do what
    I say. I ring you, you do the job. You don't do what I tell you, the kid dies. 
    You don't do it where I tell you, the kid dies. You don't do it when I tell 
    you, the kid dies! You getting my drift? If you want to see your kid alive, you 
    do exactly what I say! You talk to anyone, you're late, or you let me down, 
    your kid dies. Do I make myself clear?
    
    Mark:
    Crystal. What's this all about, Charlie? What are you doing this to me for? I 
    ain't done nothin' to you. 
    
    Charlie: 
    You're still not paying attention. Not a very good listener, are you, son?
    You're on the run. You killed your wife. You left the murder weapon behind at
    the scene. You're a convicted bank robber. Do you think the filth are gonna
    believe you?
    
    Mark: 
    You better kill me now, Charlie... I'm telling you... cos if you don't... I'll 
    get you for this, I swear!
    
    Charlie:
    Mark... Mark... Mark... Such anger. What am I going to do with you?
    
    He turns round and punches Mark.
    
    Charlie:
    You have no idea, do you, son? You thought I was ready for the old people's 
    home? When Bethnal Green are done with you, we'll bury you and your kid.
    
    He turns round and starts laughing.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    2. Burning Bridges
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark wakes up battered and bruised in a car outside Charlie's warehouse. He 
    sits up and his phone rings.
    
    Mark:
    Hello. What? Yeah, alright I'm listening.
    
    Charlie: 
    Rise 'n' shine, Markie-boy. You've got work to do.
    
    Mark:
    Get on with it, Jolson!
    
    Charlie: 
    I want you to pay your old pals down in Soho a visit. Frith Street, innit? I 
    want you to let Nick Collins know you're no longer friends. 
    
    Mark: 
    What's this all about, Charlie?
    
    Charlie:
    I want you to do a little DIY.
    
    Mark:
    I'm not sure I get you. 
    
    Charlie:
    I want you to remodel Collins' restaurant, The Republic. I mean trash it. Smash
    the place to pieces. Crucify 'em! No, wait. Torch the place! You got me? Don't 
    leave there until that place is a towering fucking inferno! 
    
    Mark: 
    You're off your fuckin' rocker, Charlie. That's my old turf! They're friends of
    mine.
    
    Charlie:
    You heard me. Just get on with it. I'd better be seeing The Republic on the six 
    o' clock news, or your boy will be all over the headlines by ten. I don't want 
    any excuses, Hammond. Just do the job if you want to see your kid alive.
    
    Mark drives to The Republic, torches it, and escapes out of Soho.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    3. Art Appreciation
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark is driving down the street. He stops and phones Charlie.
    
    Mark:
    Charlie.
    
    Charlie:
    You did well, my son. I hear it's a right hornets' nest down there in Soho.
    
    Mark:
    Right, Charlie. I've done what you asked. I want my kid back.
    
    Charlie:
    Don't be hasty, my son. I've got another errand I'd like you to do.
    
    Mark:
    No way, Jolson! You almost got me killed down there. I hurt people, old friends
    of mine. That ain't enough for you, is it? You've got some serious fuckin' 
    nerve.
    
    Charlie: 
    You better look lively, Hammond. I thought you were in a hurry to see your boy. 
    
    Mark: 
    All right, Charlie, what do you want?
    
    Charlie:
    The locusts, those naughty boys from Gerrard Street, are havin' themselves a 
    little society bash at the Reptilian Gallery in Hyde Park. Now, I wonder what 
    the art crowd would think if they knew the 14K were moving smack from the 
    basement.
    
    Mark:
    You must be joking! You want me to hit the Triads?
    
    Charlie: 
    I don't joke, son. Now, listen. Those 14K will be at the gallery. There'll be 
    all sorts of gook bastards around. You're going to crash their party. Now mind 
    you don't disturb 'em. They get awful mad them boys, if they feel like they've 
    lost face over something. I need you to lift a little something from the 
    basement. However, you've got to go in the front door to get it.
    
    Mark:
    Something?
    
    Charlie:
    Yeah, it's an ornament for the garden, a terracotta soldier, but don't worry, 
    it ain't big.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah, well, how am I gonna know which one, eh?
    
    Charlie:
    You can't miss it, son. It's the one with the stupid grin. Now, be careful. 
    It's fragile. It's an historical heirloom. Oh, yeah, and it contains a kilo 
    of smack. Now, when you get it, meet me at Reggie's, you know, the Spotted Dog 
    in Whitehall. We'll 'ave a nice little drink.
    
    Mark:
    You lay one finger on my son, Jolson... I want to talk to him, now!
    
    Charlie:
    All in good time, son. I'm taking very good care of him. Treating him like one 
    of me own. So, don't you worry. You worry about your half of the deal and get 
    me that garden gnome!
    
    Charlie hangs up. Mark phones Liam, who's at the Touch of Class bar in Soho.
    
    Liam:
    Hurry up, man. Come on. Right, now sling your hook! Go on.
    
    He answers his phone.
    
    Liam:
    Yeah?
    
    Mark:
    Liam, it's Mark. 
    
    Liam:
    Have you gone completely fucking psycho? What the fuck have you been doing, 
    man? You're a fucking dead man after this morning's escapade. Those boys were 
    mates of yours and you shot 'em all. What you ringing me for? Fuck off!
    
    Mark:
    Listen, Liam, I can explain.
    
    Liam:
    Wait, wait, wait. Explain? Explain what? Would you have shot me if I'd been 
    there too?
    
    Mark:
    Look, I don't know. The Bethnal boys murdered Suzie. Jolson's kidnapped Alex 
    and I need some help, right? I've got no one else to turn to, Liam.
    
    Liam:
    Bloody hell. Listen, can you prove it, though? Jolson? Charlie Jolson?
    
    Mark:
    Yeah, Jolson.
    
    Liam:
    What, that old National Front geezer in the pinstriped suit? I thought he was
    in some retirement home or some bedsit in Margate and he's got Alex? Fucking
    hell. Listen, the Old Bill are looking everywhere for you. You're all over the
    TV, they're saying that you killed her, that your prints are all over the gun
    and that you kidnapped the boy too. Listen, I don't know what you expect me to
    do, man, I don't even know what I can do, and why should I trust you, anyway?
    
    Mark:
    Liam, I need you to find Alex, all right? If you can't do it for me, do it for
    him. I'm already a dead man.
    
    Liam:
    You're asking me to risk everything?
    
    Mark:
    Look, I know, Liam. But he's all I've got and that evil bastard Jolson's got 
    him.
    
    Liam:
    So, listen, have you any idea where they're holding him?
    
    Mark:
    So you'll help then, yeah?
    
    Liam:
    I'll see what I can do. I'm not making any promises. Can I get you on this 
    number?
    
    Mark: 
    Yeah, look ring me when you find out anything. I've gotta go, mate. Jolson's 
    got me running all over the gaff. Look, cheers, Liam.
    
    Liam:
    Yeah, yeah. Save it, mate, save it.
    
    Mark drives to the Reptilian gallery in Hyde Park and shoots his way to the 
    basement where he finds the ornament. As he escapes outside, Mr. Lee, the 
    leader of the Triads watches from an upstairs window.
    
    Mr. Lee:
    How dare he? Who dares cause trouble on our doorstep? He doesn't look familiar,
    could he be a renegade?
    
    Triad:
    Not renegade. Collins gang, boss. They will pay for this insult!
    
    Mark escapes the pursuing Triads and makes his way to the Spotted Dog in 
    Whitehall.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    4. Aiding and Abetting
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark enters the Spotted Dog with the terra cotta soldier garden ornament. 
    Charlie is sitting at a table with Harry, Grievous and Walter.
    
    Charlie:
    Very good, my son. You've done very, very well. I see you've brought a little 
    something for me. How thoughtful. He's doing well, isn't he, lads?
    
    Mark:
    Charlie... I'm tired of this. You want this statue... ...you give me my son.
    
    Charlie:
    Is that what you call gratitude? I take your boy in like he's one of my own. 
    Good ol' Uncle Charlie. Can you believe that, Harry?
    
    Mark:
    I'm not playing your games any more, Charlie. I'm fuckin' sick of it!
    
    Harry: 
    He's out of order. He should learn some manners. He didn't seem to learn last 
    time. Maybe we should give him another lesson.
    
    Charlie:
    I think we might have to, Harry.
    
    Mark:
    Don't push me, Charlie.
    
    He aims his gun at Charlie. Harry jumps out of his chair and aims his gun at 
    Mark.
    
    Harry:
    Steady.
    
    Charlie:
    Don't be silly, boy. Think what could happen to your little Alex. You're in no 
    position to be playing around.
    
    Mark:
    I ain't messin' around, Charlie!
    
    The barkeep hits Mark over the head with a bottle and he falls to the floor. 
    Harry goes over to him and starts kicking him in the stomach.
    
    Harry:
    I'll fuckin' do you badly, Hammond!
    
    Grievous and Walter try to pull Harry away from Mark.
    
    Grievous:
    That's enough, Harry! Harry! Harry! He's still useful.
    
    Harry:
    Fucking get up!
    
    Charlie stands over Mark. Harry tries to get to Mark again.
    
    Harry:
    Get off! Get off me!
    
    Charlie:
    Can you hear me, boy? This ain't a two-way contract. You don't get out until I 
    fucking say you're out, right? I can't trust you now, Markie-boy. You've 
    spurned the hand of friendship. So, I'm sending Eyebrows with you on a little 
    mission to the courthouse. You see, they've got our lad, Jake. You remember 
    Jake? You've had a few run-ins with him in the past. However, he's gonna be 
    pleased to see you, cos you're going to break him out. Now, it'll be crawling 
    with filth. They'll be all over the place. Some of the boys'll take care of the
    escort. You just get the fuckin' van and ram it off the road. Eyebrows'll take 
    care of the rest. Are you getting this? Don't you disappoint me, Hammond. Let's
    hope Harry here's knocked some fucking sense into you.
    
    They start to leave and as they do, Harry kicks Mark a few more times.
    
    Harry:
    Fucking manners!
    
    Mark gets a phone call from Liam.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah.
    
    Liam:
    Mark, it's Liam. What the fuck have you been up to, man? The whole of 
    Chinatown's gone mad. You're a bloody mobile disaster.
    
    Mark:
    It's not by choice, mate. That bastard Jolson has got me right where he wants 
    me. 
    
    Liam:
    Look, I can't find your boy anywhere. He's still gotta be at Charlie's 
    warehouse, mate. I don't know about going there. I doubt if I'd get anywhere 
    near the place.
    
    Mark:
    I'm climbin' the walls, mate, worrying about him. If I don't do this shit, he's
    dead... ...and if we don't find him... it just don't bear thinking about.
    
    Liam:
    Look, I'll keep askin' around, man, but look, this is getting out of control.
    
    Mark:
    I'll make this up to you, Liam. You're a diamond, mate.
    
    Liam:
    Listen, man, how about laying low until we can sort this out.
    
    Mark:
    I'd love to, mate. I really would. That bastard Jolson has got me right where 
    he wants me, running around all over town. Look, just ring me if you hear 
    anything, OK?
    
    Liam:
    All right, man.
    
    Liam hangs up. Mark leaves the pub. He drives to the police van and starts 
    ramming it until it's nearly destroyed. The drivers call for backup.
    
    Driver:
    Back-up! Get some back-up. Get some back-up. We're all over the place.
    
    Eyebrows shoots the van and it is overturned and slides along the pavement and
    lies on its side. Eyebrows gets out of the car and shoots the officers as they
    try to crawl away.
    
    Eyebrows:
    This is too easy.
    
    He shoots some more officers.
    
    Mark:
    Oi, just get Jake and let's get out of here, eh?
    
    Jake crawls out of the van.
    
    Jake:
    All right, Brow?
    
    Eyebrows:
    Jake!
    
    Jake stands up and walks over to Eyebrows.
    
    Jake:
    Eyebrows, you look like you're havin' a right laugh, mate.
    
    Eyebrows:
    Jake, good to see ya mate. I'm having a right laugh. I'm killin' myself.
    
    Jake sees Mark in the car.
    
    Jake:
    What the fuck is that prick doin' here?
    
    Eyebrows:
    He's Charlie's little errand boy. Does whatever the guv tells him, don't you, 
    son?
    
    Mark:
    Do you think we can get the hell out of here before every copper in London 
    turns up, or what?
    
    Jake:
    He never did have much sense of humour. All them Collins lot are miserable 
    wankers. 
    
    Eyebrows opens the boot of the car and lifts a dummy of Jake out.
    
    Jake:
    Here, what you doin', Brow?
    
    Eyebrows:
    Just tidying up a few details.
    
    He drags the dummy over to the police van and sets it down, making it look like
    Jake is dead.
    
    Eyebrows:
    It's too bad you never made it, Jake.
    
    Jake:
    Yeah, it's a bloody tragedy, mate.
    
    Eyebrows:
    Well, at least we'll have a few drinks at your funeral.
    
    Eyebrows takes a grenade launcher out of the car.
    
    Jake:
    Yeah, well here, give that here. If I'm gonna go, I may as well top myself.
    
    He takes the grenade launcher and shoots at the police van causing it to 
    explode.
    
    Jake:
    Yes!
    
    He jumps up and down.
    
    Mark:
    Can we get the hell out of here, then?
    
    Jake:
    What's your fucking hurry, Hammond? Got any more grenades, Brow?
    
    Eyebrows:
    No, we got that off some Russian geezer. The pineapples are hard to come by. I 
    tell you what, have a go on this. I've got a few rounds left in the clip.
    
    Jake:
    That'll have to do, I suppose.
    
    At that moment, Frank Carter speeds around the corner and drives towards Jake.
    Jake starts firing at Frank's car.
    
    Mark:
    Oi, psycho, every cop in London'll be here in a minute! Can we do this later?
    
    Eyebrows:
    All right, all right, he's almost done.
    
    Mark:
    Just get in the fuckin' car, will ya?
    
    Jake:
    C'mon you fuckin' bastards! Have some of this!
    
    Jake continues firing at the car and it swerves off the road and slides on to 
    its side. Jake lies down in the back of Mark's car and they drive off.
    
    Eyebrows:
    Keep your head down, Jake. You're meant to be dead.
    
    Frank sees Mark in the car as they drive off. They drive back to Charlie's 
    warehouse.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    5. Taxi For Mr. Chai?
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Jake motions for Eyebrows and Mark to be quiet as he sneaks into Charlie's 
    warehouse. He sees Grievous sitting at a table with a couple of goons.
    
    Jake:
    Gotcha!
    
    Grievous jumps out of his chair.
    
    Grievous:
    Jesus Christ! Jake, you crazy bastard! How did you get out? You scared the shit
    out of me!
    
    Jake:
    Call yourself villains? Jumpin' around like bloody schoolgirls. I could have 
    been the filth. You'd have all been nicked. 
    
    Grievous:
    Speakin' of which, how the fuck did you get out?
    
    Jake: 
    I had some help from my mate Brow, and this tosser from Soho, Hammond.
    
    Mark:
    Fuck you, Jake.
    
    Jake:
    I tell you what, though. It was worth getting banged up for the fun I had 
    getting out.
    
    Walter runs out.
    
    Walter:
    Here. I've just seen it. It's all over the telly! It looks absolutely mental!
    
    Jake:
    Mental?! You calling me crazy, fat boy?
    
    Walter:
    No, mate. Never. We're all glad to see you. Ain't we, lads? In fact, we got a 
    welcome-home present for you. Come up and see.
    
    Jake:
    Not you two. Stay here and watch him. Hammond, I've got some business to attend
    to upstairs. I'll see you later.
    
    He starts to leave.
    
    Jake:
    Oi, Hammond don't piss about. We'll be needing you later.
    
    He leaves the room and heads upstairs. Sparky is upstairs. He has Johnny Chai
    wired up to the ceiling and is electrocuting him to the music that is playing. 
    Walter opens the door to Sparky.
    
    Walter:
    Good to have you back, Jake.
    
    Jake:
    Stay here. Keep your eyes open.
    
    He enters the room.
    
    Jake:
    Sparky, my old son.
    
    Sparky:
    Jakey! Fuck me! I won't ask how you got out.
    
    Jake:
    Sparky, it was brilliant, you would have loved it.
    
    Sparky:
    Yeah, it looked fucking mental. I was stuck here with this slag, Johnny.
    
    Johnny whines.
    
    Jake:
    Shut it! I'll be with you in a moment. We mullahed 'em.
    
    He hits Johnny with the butt of his gun.
    
    Sparky:
    Careful, Jake, you fucking loony. He's still wired!
    
    He crouches down to turn the electricity off.
    
    Jake:
    I can see you're up to your old tricks again, Sparky. The old man always said 
    learning a trade would come in handy. There you go, son, help yourself.
    
    He gives his gun to Walter.
    
    Jake:
    You can't have all the fun now, especially now I'm back.
    
    Johnny screams. Downstairs, Mark phones Liam.
    
    Mark:
    Liam. Yeah. I'm at the warehouse.
    
    Upstairs, Jake is pounding Johnny.
    
    Jake:
    Fucking locusts.
    
    Sparky:
    Go on, Jake.
    
    Jake:
    Fucking baboons...
    
    Sparky:
    Kill the bastard. Give it to him.
    
    Jake:
    Fucking think we've gone soft? Fuckin' think my uncle's a pussy?
    
    Downstairs, Mark continues talking to Liam over the phone.
    
    Liam:
    What the fuck is going on over there, man? It sounds like a slaughterhouse.
    
    Mark:
    I don't know, mate. I think they're laying into some poor bastard upstairs.
    
    Upstairs, Jake continues pounding Johnny.
    
    Jake:
    Fucking... Fucking pussies!
    
    Downstairs, Mark continues talking with Liam.
    
    Liam:
    Have you given the place a good goin' over yet?
    
    Mark:
    I've gotta take this chance now, while they're occupied. Alex's gotta be here 
    somewhere. I better move, mate.
    
    Mark sneaks upstairs to Charlie's office. He looks in the desk drawers, checks
    some files and checks the phone for messages. He then phones Liam.
    
    Mark:
    Liam, I'm in Charlie's office. I've looked everywhere. There's no sign of Alex.
    I suppose it was a long shot that they'd keep him here anyway. Hang on a 
    minute. This looks interesting. I'm looking at a map of London and it looks 
    like Charlie's monopoly board. He's got places marked all over. There's a 
    lock-up in Scoresby Street in Southwark... there's a big house in Mayfair on 
    Upper Brook... and there's a depot in King's Cross. Can you check them out for 
    me, mate?
    
    Liam:
    All right, mate, give me the addresses again and I'll try.
    
    Mark:
    Look, do it, Liam. Just ask around, mate. I'm running out of time.
    
    Jake walks into the room.
    
    Jake:
    Oi, Hammond. What are you doing? Oi, boys, in here! I thought I told you to 
    stay put.
    
    Walter, Eyebrows and Sparky enter the room.
    
    Mark:
    What do you think I'm doing, moron? I'm looking for my kid.
    
    Jake:
    What did he call me?
    
    Walter:
    A Mormon.
    
    Jake:
    What the fuck's that?
    
    Eyebrows:
    You know, Mormon - them Bible-bashers come round knocking on your door, telling
    you Jesus is a fucking Yank.
    
    Jake:
    You must be losing it, Hammond. I've just been talking to Charlie about you and
    your little boy. Very touching. But now you've got a job to do for us. You're 
    gonna run this geezer over to Chinatown. It won't take long.
    
    They lead Mark into the room where Johnny Chai is hanging.
    
    Jake:
    That's him. He's a little lost right now. Run him over to Gerrard Street.
    
    Mark:
    Fucking... You're a maniac, Jake. You're sick in the fucking head.
    
    Jake grabs Mark by the neck and shakes him.
    
    Jake:
    Sick? Sick? You wanna see how sick I really am, you soft Soho wanker?
    
    Sparky:
    Jake, fucking calm down. Charlie needs him to do the job, all right?
    
    Jake:
    I'll let this lie for now as we're old friends... I'll let this slide. You've 
    got a job to do.
    
    Grievous drags Johnny down the stairs. Outside, Jake explains the job to Mark.
    
    Jake:
    You've got a small delivery to make. You see, Johnny here needs to find his way
    home. He ain't feeling so good. He's just about ready to meet his ancestors. 
    Take him over to the Sui Fung, over in Chinatown and Hammond, don't get 
    yourself clipped. We've got big plans for you and little Alex. Just drop him 
    and shift it. The 14K ain't gonna be too pleased the state their fucking boy's 
    got himself into. They'll be after you, but don't lose 'em. Bring 'em down to 
    Hollywell Street, off of Worship. And we'll be waitin'. Bring 'em all down. 
    We'll massacre them! OK?
    
    Mark:
    You're a fuckin' genius, Jake.
    
    Jake:
    Do you really think so?
    
    Outside, Jake explains the job to Mark while Grievous straps Johnny to the car
    seat.
    
    Mark:
    This is a joke, right? You want me to drive clear across London with this thing
    sitting next to me?
    
    Grievous:
    What you worrying for? He looks good. Like a Kung Fu movie. Ah, Grasshopper!
    
    Jake:
    Grievous, you worry me, mate. You, cut these tapes and kick him out the fucking
    door. You ain't gonna have much time for anything else. We're doing you a 
    favour. You got that? Now, get going.
    
    Jake and Grievous step away from the car and start talking.
    
    Jake:
    Chop, chop. This won't take long.
    
    Mark drives to Chinatown.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    6. Out of the Frying Pan
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark makes his way to Chinatown and stops outside the Sui Fung. He starts 
    pulling the tapes off of Johnny Chai.
    
    Mark:
    It's time to meet the relatives, Johnny Chai.
    
    He finishes ripping the tapes off and kicks Johnny out of the car. Two Triads 
    run out wielding butcher knives.
    
    Triad #1:
    Johnny Chai? No!
    
    Triad #2:
    Go get the bastard!
    
    Triad #1:
    Get him!
    
    Mark lures the Triads to Hollywell Street and realises it's a trap set by Jake.
    He is trapped in the middle of a gunfight between the Yardies and the Triads 
    and has to shoot his way out.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    7. Filthy Business
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark hides under an arch that leads out to the street. He looks round a corner. 
    
    Mark:
    Jake. I'll kill him for this. Whatever it takes, I'll kill him.
    
    He checks to make sure no one's around and then casually walks out to the 
    street. As he walks away, his phone rings.
    
    Mark:
    Charlie!
    
    Harry:
    Not quite. It's Harry, Charlie wanted me to relay a message.
    
    Mark:
    Fuck Charlie's message! That mental case, Jake almost got me killed, sent me 
    into a war zone between the Yardies and the Triads! What's his game? There's 
    fucking bodies all over the place.
    
    Harry:
    Fucking Jake! Boost the motor and get out of there. Charlie's got something for
    you. He needs this one, son. He needs it bad. Do this one for you and he'll owe
    you. He'll definitely give your boy back.
    
    Mark:
    He already owes me, he owes me blood. He killed my wife!
    
    Harry:
    Yeah, shame about that, Markie, nice 'arris that one, but that can't be helped 
    now, can it? The Bill ain't givin' you much sympathy neither. So here's the 
    drill: you do this job, you get your boy back. You fuck it up, he ends up in 
    the river. It's that simple. How do you want to play it?
    
    Mark:
    Get to the point, Harry!
    
    Harry:
    All right, son. You're hitting a cop shop. Charlie wants that louse of a bent 
    copper, McCormack, stone cold.
    
    Mark:
    You're 'aving a laugh, ain't you? How the hell am I supposed to manage that? 
    McCormack, the head of the Flying Squad, bent? He's the one who nicked me for 
    that five year stretch.
    
    Harry:
    Shut it and listen! He's been Charlie's bitch for ten years. But he's a two-
    faced wanker. He's been working the other side, playing with the baboons. Now 
    he's had Charlie's special girl, Yasmin brought in. Got to her before she could 
    get to him. Charlie's worried she'll whistle. He wants them dead. Both of 'em!
    
    Mark:
    So, how the fuck do I do that? Shall I just waltz into Snow Hill, waving my 
    hands around?
    
    Harry:
    Shut up and listen! Charlie's sorted it. He's got you a phone van and a 
    uniform. They're expecting you - faulty phones.  You're getting geared up to 
    fix the dogs. Just get your arse over to Grosvenor Place and pick up the van if
    you want to see your boy.
    
    Mark:
    So, how should I do him, eh? How do I get a gun into a police station? Or 
    should I just strangle him with the phone cord?
    
    Harry:
    Get to the evidence room. There's plenty of hardware lying around there. It's
    on the first floor. You're in deep now, son, very deep. You're going to have to
    play very rough if you ever want to get out and see the boy.
    
    Mark shakes his head as Harry hangs up. He arrives at Grosvenor Place and is 
    changing into the BT uniform when he gets a call from Liam.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah.
    
    Liam:
    Mark I'm getting no joy at the depot, mate. No one's been in or out of there 
    all day. If Alex had been in there, I definitely would have seen something. I'm
    on my way to have a look at the lock-up right now.
    
    Mark:
    I haven't a bloody clue, mate. If he's not... There's only one place left to 
    try and I've got to go, mate, there's something I've gotta do right now.
    
    Liam:
    Oh, no, what are you up to now?
    
    Mark:
    You don't want to know, Liam. You definitely don't want to know about this one.
    
    They hang up. Liam walks off.
    
    Mark drives after the real BT van and rams it off the road. He drives to Snow 
    Hill, makes his way to the evidence room, and kills McCormack before he reaches
    the interrogation room to talk to Yasmin. In the interrogation room, Mark walks
    into another small room and sees Yasmin.
    
    Yasmin:
    What happened to McCormack?
    
    Mark:
    You know what happened.
    
    Yasmin:
    Pull a hit in a police station? I don't know whether to admire your expertise 
    or marvel at your stupidity. So, which is it?
    
    Mark:
    Cut the small talk, babe. The game's over for you.
    
    Yasmin:
    So, the old bugger sent you to clip me along with McCormack?
    
    Mark:
    Nothing personal you understand.
    
    Yasmin:
    So, what are you waiting for? You've probably got 30 seconds before they burst
    through that door. It would be a mistake to shoot me. You're not a hitter, I 
    can tell that much. You're Hammond, aren't you?
    
    Mark:
    And who the fuck are you?
    
    Yasmin:
    I was there when Charlie's boys topped your wife. Supposed to be a simple case
    of nabbing the kid, but they killed her.
    
    Mark:
    Thanks for making it easy for me.
    
    Mark gets ready to shoot Yasmin.
    
    Yasmin: 
    I know where your kid is. I can even get to him. I know the layout, the 
    security, all of it. I'll help you, Hammond, if you help me.
    
    Mark:
    Why would I bother?
    
    Yasmin:
    Because without me, you'll never get out of this place alive, not after killing
    the head of the Flying Squad. What are the odds? Exactly how much time do you 
    reckon you've got?
    
    Mark:
    Why should I trust you?
    
    Yasmin:
    You haven't exactly got many friends left, have you?
    
    Mark:
    And you have?
    
    Yasmin:
    No, I haven't, but I never did. Look, I'm askin' your help, Hammond, but I'm 
    not gonna beg. Now make your decision.
    
    Mark:
    Get up.
    
    Yasmin slowly stands up.
    
    Mark:
    Out.
    
    He pushes her outside where McCormack lies dead. 
    
    Mark:
    Get the gun.
    
    She picks up McCormack's gun.
    
    Yasmin:
    We'll make it out of here OK. You'll see your kid again.
    
    Mark:
    What makes you so confident? Right now, our chances are about 100 to none.
    
    Yasmin:
    Probably, but you're forgetting something, for you, this is just some crazy 
    vendetta, but for me, this is my job. I kill people for a living, Mark. I'm 
    good at this shit.
    
    Mark and Yasmin shoot their way out of the police station and drive to 
    Charlie's depot in King's Cross.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    8. A Touch of Class
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark and Yasmin are sitting in a car outside Charlie's depot in King's Cross. 
    He phones Harry.
    
    Mark:
    McCormack's dead.
    
    Harry:
    Well-fuckin'-done, Hammond... ...and Yasmin?
    
    Mark looks at Yasmin.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah, her, too.
    
    Harry:
    Shame. Not a bad piece of crumpet, but you know women, mate, too much hassle.
    
    He tells Charlie the news.
    
    Harry:
    He's only gone and done it! McCormack and the bird.
    
    Charlie:
    Seems we underestimated him. Well, seeing as I've lost one girl today, he can 
    just get me another. I hear Layla's down at The Toucher, Collins' new bar in 
    Soho. Tell Markie I'd kinda prefer if she was here with me.
    
    Harry:
    Right, Hammond, head on down to the Touch of Class. Your man Collins seems to 
    have hired some dancing slut, goes by the name of Layla. She's one of Charlie's
    birds and he'd like you to politely ask her to come back. Bring her to 
    Charlie's gaff in Mayfair. You heard me. Get her and bring her here.
    
    Mark:
    When's this gonna end, Harry? This is getting past the point of ridiculous. 
    I'll never get in and out of there in one piece. I'd be better off blowin' the
    whistle and taking my chances. Maybe Jamahl and his Yardie-boys would like to 
    know what's going on.
    
    Harry:
    It ends when Charlie bloody says so, all right? I'm looking at your boy right 
    now. Just move it.
    
    He hangs up.
    
    Mark:
    You fancy going clubbing?
    
    Yasmin:
    What the fuck are you talking about?
    
    Mark:
    Charlie... sending me on another suicide mission. Down to Soho, my old turf. He
    wants me to grab some dancing slut named Layla... and take her back to his 
    house in Mayfair. 
    
    Yasmin:
    Mark. That's perfect!
    
    Mark:
    Perfect... Perfect. It's a fucking human sacrifice, that's what it is.
    
    Yasmin:
    No, let's get her. It gives us a door into Charlie's place. That place is like
    a bloody prison. I'm sure that's where he's holding your boy. If I can get 
    inside, I can get to him.
    
    Mark:
    You sure?
    
    Yasmin:
    Yeah. And I'll settle the score with Charlie Jolson whilst I'm at it.
    
    Mark:
    I'm not worried about scores, Yasmin. I'll worry about scores when my boy's
    safe, all right?
    
    Mark drives to the Touch of Class and shoots his way inside.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    9. The Cowgirl and the Cash
    ******************************************************************************
    
    At the Touch of Class, Yasmin is kneeling over dead Layla. 
    
    Yasmin:
    Mark! Mark! Over here.
    
    Mark runs over to Yasmin.
    
    Mark:
    Oh, tell me it ain't her!
    
    He fires his gun into the air.
    
    Yasmin:
    Mark, meet Layla. Layla, meet Mark. Poor bitch must have copped it in the 
    crossfire. What the fuck are we gonna do now!
    
    Mark:
    I don't know. I'm really up shit creek now. What's Charlie gonna do when I 
    don't show with this slag? Fuck!
    
    He fires two more shots.
    
    Yasmin:
    Calm down. I've got an idea. Well, sort of. And it'll sort Charlie out, too.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah? How d'you suppose we're gonna do that? That fat maggot loves this slag.
    
    Yasmin:
    Just get her boots off.
    
    Mark:
    Her boots?
    
    Yasmin changes into the cowgirl costume. As they leave the Touch of Class, 
    Mark's phone rings.
    
    Mark:
    Charlie... What do you want? I don't give a flying fuck. I want my boy. Yeah, I
    got her. The cowgirl, right? You want to talk to her? Layla, Charlie wants a 
    word.
    
    He hands the phone to Yasmin, who tries to imitate Layla.
    
    Yasmin:
    Charlie? How are ya? I'm OK. Oh, look, Charlie, I'm really, really sorry. I 
    said I'm sorry, Charlie. Of course I'll come over. I've always got time for my
    Big Charlie Boy, ain't I?
    
    Charlie:
    You better be sorry. You're a naughty girl. You've caused me a lot of trouble.
    
    Yasmin:
    Not half as much trouble as I'd like to cause you.
    
    Charlie:
    Put our Markie on, darlin'. 
    
    She holds the phone away from her mouth.
    
    Yasmin:
    Dirty old tosser. I knew he'd go for it. He wants you.
    
    She hands the phone back to Mark.
    
    Mark:
    What d'you want now, Charlie? Unless you're handing over Alex, I'm not 
    interested.
    
    Charlie:
    Just drop the girl at the gates, son. I'll see to her. You, my son, are doing 
    so bleedin' well, I might just give you one last assignment. One more job and 
    we're quits.
    
    Mark:
    No way, Jolson! No fuckin' way! You want the girl, you hand over my boy now. 
    
    Charlie:
    Calm down. You're on the home straight. All you gotta do is pay Jamahl's 
    jungle-bunny chemists a visit.
    
    Mark:
    You must be out of your tiny fuckin' mind, Charlie, if you think I'm doing 
    anything else for you.
    
    Charlie:
    Think about it, Hammond. There's a lot of wedge lying around up there in 
    Rivington Street. What are you gonna do when you get your boy? You're the most
    wanted man in London, probably England right now. You're going to need a little 
    going-away present to buy your way out of town. Just do the job... and we'll 
    split the cash at the depot. And you, my son, go and play Ronnie Biggs on the 
    Costa.
    
    Mark:
    If I do this, Charlie, I get my boy back, yeah?
    
    Charlie:
    Just do the job and meet at the depot in King's Cross with the dosh. You'll get
    your dues, Markie-boy. You'll get your dues.
    
    After the phone call, Mark and Yasmin are standing by their car outside the 
    Touch of Class.
    
    Mark:
    He's trying to fuck me over. He wants me to do the Yardies for their crack 
    money.
    
    Yasmin:
    Forget him, Mark. Once I'm inside, it'll all be over.
    
    Mark:
    No, I'm going to do it. What's one more suicide mission? I'm going to do it, 
    but not for him. I'm gonna need the money so me and Alex can blow town... and I
    can pay you back. You're sure you can get in, yeah?
    
    Yasmin:
    Don't worry. He'll be dead before you even get to Rivington Street.
    
    Mark drives to Charlie's house to drop Yasmin off, and then drives to the 
    Yardies' crack house in Rivington Street. He shoots his way inside to the top 
    floor, and finds the money on a table.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    10. A Cat in A Bag
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark feels through the bag.
    
    Mark:
    So this is what everyone's been dying for.
    
    He phones Liam.
    
    Mark:
    Liam... it's Mark. Things are lookin' up. I think I've just hit the fuckin' 
    jackpot. I'm standing here with about 300 grand's worth of Yardie blood money.
    
    Liam:
    You're gonna need it, mate. I don't think any amount of cash is going to get 
    you out of this one.
    
    Mark:
    You're probably right, but if we're to stand any chance, I'm gonna need this 
    cash.
    
    Liam:
    So, wait. Have you got him?
    
    Mark:
    Not yet, but I think I've finally got it covered. I've got a plant inside 
    Charlie's mansion and she's on the case, mate.
    
    Liam:
    She must be pretty brave, man, or owe you a shit-load to take that lot on.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah, I suppose she is. I mean she does, yeah. Look... you get your arse over 
    to Rivington Street. It can't be long till the filth get here. The money will 
    be in the boot and the keys will be on the driver's side rear tyre. I'll boost 
    another one to get out of here.
    
    Liam:
    What'll you be doin'? Won't Charlie be expecting the cash?
    
    Mark:
    Look, don't you worry about Charlie or Jake. It's time I did London a favour 
    and took care of those two.
    
    Liam:
    Look, man, please don't do anything stupid.
    
    Mark:
    What have I got to lose Liam, eh?
    
    Liam:
    Only a pile of cash and your kid.
    
    Mark:
    Look, if anything happens to me, you use the cash to take care of him?
    
    Liam:
    You don't have to ask me.
    
    Mark:
    Look, I've got to get out of here. Charlie's expecting me over at King's Cross.
    
    Liam:
    Well, you do your worst, mate.
    
    They hang up and Mark drives to the depot. At the depot, as he is walking 
    through the parking lot, he notices a cat sitting on top of a dumpster. He 
    shoves the cat into the bag. Jake, Eyebrows and Sparky are waiting for Mark 
    around the corner. They turn the corner and see Mark.
    
    Jake:
    Oi, Hammond! You're not doing too bad, for a Collins boy. Now, hand over the 
    fuckin' cash.
    
    He aims his gun at Mark.
    
    Mark:
    Don't insult my intelligence. Where's Charlie? Where's my boy? He didn't say 
    anything about handing the cash over to you. You want the cash, you produce my
    boy now.
    
    Jake:
    So much attitude. What do I do to deserve this?
    
    Sparky:
    I don't know, Jake. It seems like no one appreciates a good guy these days.
    
    Mark:
    Have we finished with the comedy routine?
    
    Eyebrows:
    Yeah, we have. Now, hand over the fucking money.
    
    He also aims his gun at Mark. Mark throws the bag to Jake.
    
    Mark:
    Catch, dickhead. You've got your fucking money. Now, finally, hand over my boy.
    
    Jake:
    You didn't seriously think Uncle Charlie would play ball, did ya?
    
    Mark:
    No, I didn't. It would be too much to expect any honour from the Jolsons. 
    Honour amongst thieves, maybe, maggots, never.
    
    Jake:
    What did he say? What the fuck is stench?
    
    Mark runs into the depot through a side door. Jake opens the bag and the cat 
    jumps out on his face.
    
    Jake:
    What the...
    
    Everyone's guns go off. Mark shoots his way through the depot.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    11. The Prodigal Son
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark wakes up in a cell next to Yasmin, somewhere under Charlie's warehouse. 
    Charlie, Harry and Jake are standing over them.
    
    Charlie:
    I hear you've been a bad boy.
    
    Jake kicks Mark and pokes him in the side of the head with his gun.
    
    Charlie:
    You betrayed my trust, Mark. If there's one thing I can't stand, it's a man who
    don't keep his word. Ain't that right, Yasmin?
    
    He kicks Yasmin to wake her up.
    
    Charlie:
    Didn't quite manage it, did you, darlin'? I think you're losing your touch or 
    got your mind on other things, maybe?
    
    Mark:
    Get on with it, Jolson. You've always been a drama queen. Why haven't you just 
    clipped us?
    
    Yasmin:
    Yeah, Charlie, the suspense is killing me.
    
    Charlie:
    Really, children, there's nothing that would give me more pleasure. However, 
    I've got bigger fish to fry. You see, everyone in this town, including my 
    imbecile nephew, thinks I've gone soft, become a right soft touch, a regular 
    pushover. I've got the baboons all over North London running guns doing crack, 
    the fuckin' locusts with their smack in Chinatown, the fuckin' Collins' boy 
    nonces muscling in on the skin trade. All on my manor. My fucking manor! Mine 
    for 20 glorious years. They think they can eat away at me, like cancer, piece 
    by piece, and I'll sit on my fat ass twiddling my thumbs. Well, they're wrong.
    Ain't they?
    
    Harry:
    That's right, Charlie.
    
    Charlie:
    I've had them jumping through hoops. It's been a fuckin' bloodbath. It's all 
    down to you, my son. Well, now that I've got all them cockroaches down to a 
    manageable level, I'm going to throw them a bone. A little ray of hope from 
    soft old Uncle Charlie. Unfortunately, my son, it's going to be you, Mark, 
    the prodigal returned, the bad boy that's burned up half of London.
    
    Harry gives Charlie a phone. Charlie phones Eyebrows.
    
    Charlie:
    Eyebrows, you at the river? And the bomb? Good. We're all set for our little 
    meeting then?
    
    Mark:
    What does he want with a fucking bomb?
    
    Charlie:
    We're sorted, lads. Now to extend invitations.
    
    He phones Mr. Lee.
    
    Triad:
    Yes?
    
    Charlie:
    This is Charlie Jolson. I'd like to speak to Mr. Lee.
    
    Triad:
    Charlie Jolson wants you.
    
    Mr. Lee:
    What does that bald-headed fuck want? Charlie Jolson.
    
    Charlie:
    I hear you've been having a spot of trouble with the blacks and those wankers
    from Soho. Well, in the spirit of racial cooperation, I'm going to give you 
    the boy that's been causing you all this strife.
    
    Mark:
    You fuckin' bastard, Jolson.
    
    Charlie phones Jamahl.
    
    Jamahl:
    Who? Mark Hammond! Rhaatid!
    
    Charlie:
    I'm sure you'll be interested in having a word with him.
    
    He phones Nick Collins.
    
    Nick:
    Mark Hammond? You bet your fuckin' balls I would.
    
    Charlie:
    That's the fuckin' spirit. We'll sort out a cushie little meeting point and 
    I'll get back to you within the hour. We'll give him a proper little send-off.
    Just remember, it's an exclusive fuckin' engagement. You get one guest only. I 
    don't want any of your heavies.
    
    They hang up.
    
    Harry:
    What about this heap of shit, Charlie?
    
    Charlie:
    The boys'll bring him down to the party. I wouldn't want our Markie and his new
    bit of crumpet to miss this one. It's gonna be a blast! Come on, let's go and 
    lay the table.
    
    Charlie, Jake and Harry leave.
    
    Mark:
    Now I'm truly fucked. I've committed every crime known to man to get my boy 
    back and I find out I was just a pawn in that mad maniac's scheme. Those 
    fucking Triad boys are really gonna enjoy feeding me to the fish.
    
    Yasmin:
    You did better than most. Looks like everyone underestimated you. It's me who's
    messed this up. I'm supposed to be good at this, remember? Instead, I've been 
    caught like a rat in Charlie's trap.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah, well, at least you tried. At least I had one other person on my side. I 
    just wish I had a little more time to spend with Alex before... I've been 
    banged up for nearly all his life and when I finally get out, this shit 
    happens.
    
    Yasmin:
    I saw your kid.
    
    Mark:
    You did! How was he? Was he OK?
    
    Frank Carter sneaks past the cell door and leans against it.
    
    Yasmin:
    He was OK. He'd been crying, but apart from that, he was all right. He must 
    look like his mum cos he doesn't look much like you. I only saw him for a 
    second anyway, before all of Charlie's hi-tech shit came crashing down around 
    me.
    
    Mark:
    You did better than I did. I didn't even get close. That fat slag will probably
    blow up half of London and I'll take the rap for that as well.
    
    Frank:
    Oh, you're breaking my heart. Are you two just going to sit there feeling sorry
    for yourselves or d'you want to stop that little Hitler?
    
    Mark:
    I know you. You're that cop from the prison van bust.
    
    Yasmin:
    He's filth, Mark. Frank Carter of the Flying Squad.
    
    Frank:
    That's right and I'm the only fuckin' choice you've got right now if you don't 
    want to end up wasting away in the nick.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah? Well why does the Bill want to help me? You could make a name for 
    yourself just by turning me in.
    
    Frank:
    I know what he's up to, Hammond. I heard the whole thing. I need you alive to 
    ruin his plan. You're no good to me dead. Besides, you wouldn't last a night in
    the cells of this town. Not after Snow Hill.
    
    Yasmin:
    Don't trust him Mark. He's filth.
    
    Mark:
    Look, as it is, I'm a dead man and so is my boy. You give it to me straight, 
    Carter. What d'you want?
    
    Frank:
    I'll take that as an agreement for now. For now you're working for me. You do 
    what I tell you.
    
    Yasmin:
    Don't fuckin' do it. Everybody knows he's just obsessed with nicking the 
    Jolsons. 
    
    Mark:
    You get me out of here. You let me and her get my kid to safety... and I'll do
    whatever you want. Whatever it takes, Carter. You in?
    
    Yasmin:
    I'll help you, but don't trust him. He's no better than Charlie.
    
    Frank:
    That's good enough for me. OK, I'm going to blast this door. When I do, all 
    hell will break loose upstairs. I'll try and cover you from up the wall. Take 
    this shooter... and try and get out.
    
    He kicks a gun under the cell door.
    
    Frank:
    Remember, the kid's still at Charlie's gaff but you better hurry. Call me on 
    this number when you've got him. I'll cut Jake off. Remember, Hammond, you owe
    me. You owe me your life.
    
    Mark:
    Get one thing straight, Carter. I want Jolson as much as you, but we get my boy
    to safety first.
    
    Frank:
    OK, Hammond. Now, stand back. I'm going to blast this door.
    
    He stands back and shoots the lock on the cell door.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    12. Aboard the Sol Vita
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Mark drives to Charlie's mansion with Yasmin and shoots his way to the top. He
    looks around the room and then out the window where he sees Alex being shoved 
    into a car downstairs.
    
    Mark:
    Alex!
    
    He bangs on the window with his gun.
    
    Alex:
    Get off me!
    
    Alex is shoved into the car. Mark runs downstairs and runs out to the street in
    time to see Alex being driven off. He screams.
    
    Mark:
    Fuck!
    
    Yasmin:
    What are we going to do now, Mark?
    
    Mark:
    I know what we're gonna do. We're gonna call the filth.
    
    He takes his phone and Frank's card out of his pocket. He phones Frank.
    
    Mark:
    Carter.
    
    Frank:
    Hammond. I'm at the depot. Jake is about to leave. He's got half the Bethnal 
    Green mob with him. I need some back-up.
    
    Mark:
    I don't give a shit. Charlie's just took off with Alex. You get the Flying 
    Squad. I've gotta get my boy.
    
    Frank:
    I'm off the Squad, Hammond. I'm suspended. My boss, the bastard you executed, 
    he belonged to Charlie. Unless I get the Jolsons, I've got no way of clearing 
    my name.
    
    Mark:
    So what, copper? Don't tell me your troubles. Every cop, every villain in 
    London wants me dead and I've gotta get my boy.
    
    Frank:
    You agreed, Hammond. It's you and me now. We're going up against them.
    
    Yasmin:
    You don't owe him anything, Mark.
    
    Frank:
    Listen, Hammond. Jake must be heading for the meeting. Charlie intends to sort
    out all the loose ends.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah, so where's he going?
    
    Frank:
    To some old cargo ship called Sol Vita at St. Saviours Dock. He's gonna take 
    care of everyone.
    
    Mark:
    Are you winding me up? What's he going there for?
    
    Frank:
    Why do you think? They're taking your kid there. Charlie was going to deliver 
    you to all the other gangs. He's out to finish it. Charlie's gonna blow the 
    whole thing sky high, Hammond, so you better get there.
    
    Mark:
    Shut it, copper. I'll keep my word. We're on our way all right?
    
    Frank:
    Right, go for the kid. I'll got for Jake and the detonator.
    
    Mark drives to the Sol Vita with Yasmin and shoots his way on board until he 
    eventually finds Alex.
    
    Mark:
    Alex! Alex!
    
    Yasmin is there and she is untying him.
    
    Alex:
    Dad! I thought you were dead!
    
    Mark:
    Thank Christ you're OK.
    
    He picks Alex up.
    
    Yasmin:
    Charlie's bomb. You could blow up half of London with that thing.
    
    Mark approaches it.
    
    Alex:
    Be careful, Dad.
    
    Yasmin:
    Don't worry, it's not activated... but I'd love to know who's got the 
    detonator. What took you so long, anyway?
    
    Mark:
    Harry. He's making amends with his maker.
    
    Yasmin:
    That lecherous prick Eyebrows got some of the same!
    
    Mark:
    You seen Charlie or Jake?
    
    Frank appears and aims his gun.
    
    Frank:
    We don't have to worry about psycho Jake any more!
    
    Mark:
    The bomb's over here. In all that carnage, they forgot to detonate it.
    
    Frank:
    Well, don't think they still won't! Where's the remote?
    
    Nobody says anything.
    
    Frank:
    There's a detonator loose on this heap of junk? Where the hell's Charlie?
    
    Yasmin:
    Who cares? You've got your kid. We're all still alive. Now, let's get the hell
    out of here.
    
    Frank:
    Well, that might be OK for you, but it's time London did without all the 
    Jolsons.
    
    Nick appears with Liam. Liam is holding a gun to Charlie's head.
    
    Nick:
    He's right here if you want him. Drop the piece. You as well, crazy man.
    
    Frank drops his gun.
    
    Nick:
    Well... it finally looks like we've got all our problems under one roof don't 
    it? Fat man arranges a meeting. It's supposed to be a demilitarised zone and as
    soon as we sit down, guns start going off all over the place. Now, we think the
    fat man might be showing a little bit of bad faith. Especially considering all
    the trouble we've been having with this vigilante over there. And then... we 
    find our man here trying to sneak off the boat. We come down here and find it's
    like a fuckin' slaughterhouse! Now... it's a good job I brought my boys along! 
    Somebody... better start telling me what the fuck's going on here. Otherwise, 
    there's gonna be a lot more claret spilt aboard this ship.
    
    Mark:
    I can explain, Nick. I can explain everything.
    
    Nick:
    Explain. Fuckin' explain! I should hope you can for your sake, son. You've got 
    a few people here who would like serious words with you!
    
    Liam:
    Nick, let him speak, man. Let's find out what the fuck's been going on here.
    
    Nick:
    I should just kill you. God knows I want to. You have caused me a lot of grief,
    Hammond!
    
    Liam:
    Nick! Come on, man, let's hear him out. Let's hear what he's got to say. C'mon,
    you're surely not gonna listen to this fuckin' National Front lunatic.
    
    Charlie:
    What did I tell you? I arranged this meeting to hand over the boy that's been 
    causing you all these problems. He's caused you all an injury. He topped your 
    people, Collins and here he is... delivered on a silver fuckin' platter... 
    just like I promised!
    
    Jamahl and the Yardies appear.
    
    Jamahl:
    Shut it, fat man! You promised me the situation would be cool. No heavies, and 
    the ship was crawling with your boys. You promised me the crazy man. Instead, 
    we have to come down here and find him for ourselves.  I think the best 
    solution to the problem is we just do you now. What you say, China man?
    
    Triad:
    Mr Bobby Lee agrees. Kill him now.
    
    Yasmin:
    Are you all blind? Can't you see what's going on here?
    
    Mark:
    Let the boy go, Nick. I'll take what's coming. It's not his fault. Let the boy
    and the girl go. All it's ever been about is the boy. Just hear me out.
    
    Nick:
    I'm listening.
    
    Mark:
    He killed Suzie, Nick. Right in the street, in front of my gaff. He kidnapped 
    Alex and blackmailed me into doing jobs all over town. The only part I couldn't
    figure out was why he was having me take turns in hitting you, then you... and
    then you...
    
    He points to the various gangs around the room.
    
    Mark:
    I did it, I admit it and I'll take what's coming. But I was protecting my boy.
    He deserves a chance, don't he?
    
    Triad:
    Continue. This story is very interesting.
    
    Mark:
    He played us all like a game of chess... sending me against you and then 
    watching you take chunks out of each other, while he sat back and smoked his 
    fat fuckin' cigar.
    
    Charlie:
    Oh, bring out the fuckin' violins! You're breaking my bleeding heart! You can't
    seriously be listening to this mad tosser? He killed his wife. I took his kid 
    in out of my respect for his Suzie. He's gone loop the fuckin' loop!
    
    Frank:
    Why do you think he brought you all here? To give you Mark Hammond? Someone 
    would have got to him eventually, either you guys or the police. Who do you 
    think has benefited the most from all this strife? Who would like you lot out 
    of the way, so that things would be just like the good old days. And who would
    be mad enough to plant a bomb that would blow up half the waterfront just to 
    make sure he had no rivals.
    
    Jamahl:
    Oh, so you stay, fat man. You prefer them old days without competition. You say
    you want to help us with our problems, but all the while it's a joke you're 
    playing on us. You want to blow up the whole town with that?
    
    Nick:
    You're a fucking dinosaur, Charlie! This is the new millennium. We make more 
    money on porn on the Internet than you ever made in the knockin' shops of Soho.
    London is multi-cultural. It always was! Only people like you never realised 
    it. I mean, you're like a bad hangover from a different era. An era... that's 
    about to end. I'm letting you go, Mark. You, her and the boy. Look... I know 
    what you did... and I know why you did it... but it still don't make it right,
    does it? I lost some good lads because of you, lads that I'm gonna miss. 
    Now... I'm letting you go, son, but get out of London, and get out tonight. 
    Don't let me ever see your face in this town again. Do you hear me?
    
    Triad:
    You have spoken out of place, Mr Collins! This man has killed many men and has
    been very bad for business.
    
    Nick:
    I ask this as a favour, Mr Lee. He done it for his kid and I'd have done the 
    same for mine.
    
    The Triad confers with Mr Lee.
    
    Triad:
    We are prepared to recognise this favour, and will, at the appropriate time, 
    ask a favour in return.
    
    Nick:
    Now, you going to give me a problem over this?
    
    Jamahl:
    This boy, he kills my boys and steals my money so I'm not really too happy 
    about him being alive. I don't want people to think you can mess with Jamahl 
    and take liberties. However, for the sake of a little racial unity, I'm 
    prepared to let him and his boy go free. Now move!
    
    Yasmin:
    All right.
    
    Nick:
    Now... you heard him, Hammond. Now, get the fuck out of here! Don't let me ever
    see your face in this town again! Do you hear? Now we can have some fun with 
    His Lordship here.
    
    Yasmin approaches Charlie.
    
    Yasmin:
    I'll miss you, big boy, but whatever you do, don't cry. I don't think you'll be
    getting much sympathy here.
    
    She walks off.
    
    Mark:
    What about the cop, Nick? He's been straight up.
    
    Yasmin starts pushing Mark away.
    
    Nick:
    Shut it, Mark. You're pushing your luck. I gave you a break because of Suze, 
    but I'll never go out on a limb for the filth. I can't have the filth knowing 
    my business.
    
    As Mark, Yasmin and Alex walk away from the ship, it blows up behind them, 
    knocking them to the ground. There is no sign of Charlie, Liam, Nick or 
    anyone else.
    
    ******************************************************************************
                                 -= Frank Carter =-
    ******************************************************************************
    13. Bargain Basement
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Frank Carter and his partner Joe are watching Charlie's bargain basement from 
    their car.
    
    Frank:
    Anyway, so I pulled her over and I went...
    
    He sees Eyebrows walking about.
    
    Frank:
    ... hold on a minute. This looks interesting. That's The Brow. So what's The 
    Brow doing at one of their bargain basement brothels? Let's move, we'll have 
    him.
    
    Joe:
    Hold on, Frank. Whenever The Brow is about, his psycho boss isn't hard to find.
    Take a look at this.
    
    Jake and Sparky pull up outside the bargain basement in a red car.
    
    Frank:
    What the hell? Oh, you little beauty! It's only crazy Jake Jolson!
    
    Joe:
    Sierra Oscar from D.I. Fielding. Attention requested to a Jake Jolson. IC1 
    male, 30 years, muscular build, short-cropped hair. Wearing a dark overcoat, 
    black trousers. Last seen, Forset Street junction with Harrowby Street. 
    Approach with caution. May be armed. Over.
    
    Frank:
    Right, now we go! 
    
    Joe:
    What about the back-up, Frank?
    
    Frank:
    You can wait if you like, but I'm going in.
    
    Joe:
    OK.
    
    They get out of the car and enter the bargain basement. They shoot their way 
    through and arrest Jake.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    14. Show Some Remorse
    ******************************************************************************
    
    At Charlie's warehouse, Charlie is talking to McCormack on the phone. Harry is
    standing next to him.
    
    Charlie:
    Carter!
    
    He snaps his cigar in half.
    
    Charlie:
    Him again! Well, you just make sure that weasel don't do the interrogation. In 
    fact, I want you and Jake to discreetly let DC Carter know about Jamahl's 
    latest delivery on the Thames. Get him outta there and along to St. Saviours!
    
    McCormack:
    Stop your panicking, Charlie. I know the drill. I've gotta go. He's here.
    
    Frank appears at the door.
    
    Frank:
    You wanted to see me, guv?
    
    McCormack:
    Yes, Carter, come in. Is Jolson ready for interrogation?
    
    Frank:
    Yeah. I've got him waiting in there now. I'm just gonna let him stew before I
    go at him.
    
    McCormack:
    That won't be necessary, Carter. I'll be leading the Jolson interview.
    
    Frank:
    What are you playin' at? This is my case. He shot Joe! I'm not gonna sit 
    back...
    
    McCormack:
    Oi, Carter, shut it! You're too close to this. This is procedure. You know 
    that.
    
    Frank:
    Fuck procedure! This is my case.
    
    McCormack:
    Enough of the back chat! I'm the fuckin' boss around here! Are we clear on 
    that?
    
    Frank:
    Yes, guv, we are.
    
    Later on in Interrogation, McCormack is interviewing Jake.
    
    McCormack:
    The word on the street is that Jamahl's Yardie boys are bringing in a big 
    consignment of crack. You better give me something Jolson, if you don't want
    the maximum. You know what'll be like if that officer dies?
    
    Frank is eavesdropping nearby. Jake puts his feet up on the table.
    
    Jake:
    Tell me, why should I give you anything, copper?
    
    McCormack:
    You know how it is, Jake. You've been in and out of jails all your life. A 
    judge likes it if you show a bit of remorse. Here's how it's gonna be, cop 
    killer. They'll have you in Broadmoor with all the other headcases. Everyone 
    knows about crazy Jake Jolson.
    
    Jake takes his feet off the table.
    
    Jake:
    Oi, I'm not mental, OK?
    
    McCormack:
    They'll have you so drugged up, you'll be dribbling down the front of your 
    shirt and taking it up the backdoor from every orderly that likes a bit of 
    rough.
    
    Jake:
    Hold on. I could be helpful. What do I care about the spear chuckers? It's a 
    depot just east of Tower Bridge in St. Saviours. That's all I know.
    
    McCormack:
    How about a fucking time?
    
    Jake:
    What d'you want, directions? How would I know? Can I read jungle drums? Fuckin'
    filth! Don't want much!
    
    He knocks his drink to the floor. Frank drives to the depot and shoots his way
    through to the back.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    15. Disturbance In Soho
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Frank and SO19 are arresting the Yardies. Frank holds a police van door open 
    while two officers pull two arrested Yardies to the van.
    
    Yardie #1:
    Take your fucking hands off me, man!
    
    Yardie #2:
    Take your hands off me!
    
    Yardie #1: 
    Get off me!
    
    Yardie #2: 
    Fuck you!
    
    The officers get the Yardies inside the van and sit down.
    
    Yardie #1: 
    We're going to be in deep shit with Jamahl.
    
    Yardie #2: 
    Fuck yeah! I don't know how the cops found out. We had it all covered.
    
    Yardie #1:
    It must be to do with the China boys. They work the shipping warehouses.
    
    Officer:
    Hey, you two shut it.
    
    Yardie #1:
    Shut up! Don't push me.
    
    Officer:
    We won't tell you again. Now, shut up...
    
    Frank approaches his car and answers the call to his radio.
    
    Radio:
    Echo Oscar Five from MP, call to Frith Street, Soho. Serious disturbance. Shots
    have been fired. Armed response are on their way. MP over.
    
    Frank:
    MP, MP, Echo Five. Show us dealing your last, over.
    
    Radio:
    Received, Echo Five, the address is showing the Republic Restaurant in Frith 
    Street. Approach with caution.
    
    Frank:
    Echo Oscar to Echo Five. All received. ETA, four minutes.
    
    Frank races to Soho and arrests the Collins gang members.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    16. Painting the Town Red
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Frank gets into his car.
    
    Radio:
    All units, we have a serious disturbance in Chinatown involving IC3 and IC5 
    males. MP over.
    
    Frank:
    MP, all received. Oscar Sierra 231 out.
    
    At Chinatown, a Yardie fires a gun at two Triads wielding butcher knives.
    
    Radio:
    From 222. I'm at Chinatown. It's all going off! I need some back up.
    
    Several Triads run out of shops. A Yardie is shot in the leg. Another Yardie 
    swings a baseball bat.
    
    Radio:
    All received 222. All units, Soho area, urgent assistance required at the Sui 
    Fung. 20 males fighting, weapons being used, any takers?
    
    Frank:
    Echo 5 on way.
    
    Frank arrives at Chinatown, and shoots his way through. He shoots his way down 
    a garage where several more Triads are waiting.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    17. Escort Duty
    ******************************************************************************
     
    At the garage in Chinatown, two police officers push an arrested Yardie to a 
    car. They get in the car and drive off. Frank is kneeling on the floor and is 
    collecting evidence. He puts it in a plastic bag. Two more officers push 
    another arrested Yardie towards a police car.
    
    Yardie:
    Get off me! Get off me, man!
    
    A female officer walks past him.
    
    Officer:
    Nice one, mate. You ain't getting slow in your old age.
    
    Frank stands up.
    
    Frank:
    Cheers, guys. I try and stay in shape, you know.
    
    McCormack pulls up in his car.
    
    Frank:
    Oh, no.
    
    McCormack gets out of the car.
    
    McCormack:
    What the Jesus fuckin' Christ do you call this? There's enough fuckin' claret
    spilt here to paint the whole fuckin' town red! This is not the A-Team, sonny!
    
    Frank:
    What's your problem, Mac? I've just managed to pull off more collars in half an
    hour than Operation bloody Trident has in two years.
    
    McCormack:
    Who do you think you are? Rambo? This is London, not fuckin' Hollywood! You've
    endangered the lives of hundreds of innocent bystanders! I've had enough of 
    your slap-happy, cowboy approach to this job! You put too many lives at risk!
    
    Frank:
    Including my own! When was the last time you put your life on the line for this
    job? You fucking desk jockeys. How many lives did I save here today? When the
    villains round here start carrying water pistols instead of lethal fuckin' 
    weapons, then maybe I'll start clipping round the ear, until then, just let me
    do my fuckin' job, all right?
    
    McCormack:
    Carter. Make sure you're at crazy Jake's transfer. I don't want any more of 
    your fuck-ups. Do you hear?
    
    Frank:
    I'm under cover. I don't do escorts.
    
    McCormack:
    You'll do whatever I fucking tell you, do you hear? Now, get out of here!
    
    Frank walks off. McCormack's phone rings.
    
    McCormack:
    McCormack.
    
    Charlie:
    I know who it is, you muppet. I rang, remember?
    
    McCormack:
    Charlie.
    
    Charlie:
    Well done. Now that we know who everyone is, I'd like to talk business. I want
    my nephew back on the streets. Is it sorted?
    
    McCormack:
    Of course. You know the arrangements.
    
    Charlie:
    Good. I know he's a little highly strung, but he's got a good heart and he 
    means well.
    
    McCormack:
    He's a fucking psycho, Charlie, a mad dog that needs fuckin' putting down.
    
    Charlie:
    Yeah, he has his moments, but he's family. What can I do? Anyway, just make 
    sure it goes smoothly. Don't disappoint me, McCormack.
    
    Frank drives to the transfer and chases after the Range Rover that rams a 
    police car off the road. After he races to meet up with the transfer van again.
    Frank speeds round the corner and drives towards Jake who has escaped from the 
    transfer van. Jake fires at his car.
    
    Jake:
    C'mon, you fuckin' bastards! Have some of this!
    
    Jake continues firing at Frank's car. Frank shields his face from the incoming 
    fire and the car swerves off the road and flips on to its side. Jake gets into 
    Mark Hammond's car and they drive off. Frank sees Mark's face as they drive 
    off.
    
    Frank:
    Mark-fuckin'-Hammond!
    
    ******************************************************************************
    18. The Vigilante
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Frank enters McCormack's office.
    
    McCormack:
    You're history, Carter. That's it! I've had it up to here with your lunatic 
    antics. What the hell do you think you were doing?
    
    Frank:
    I was trying...
    
    McCormack:
    Don't answer that! I'm not finished. Why didn't you call for back-up?
    
    Frank:
    I was responding to what...
    
    McCormack:
    Shut it! Who asked you? It's all over for you, hero. We've got six dead police
    officers. That's six families without a bloody breadwinner thanks to this 
    bloody carnage!
    
    Frank:
    You must be having a laugh, McCormack! I was put through the fuckin' blender! 
    What about your hot tip? Where was the tip-off about automatic weapons and 
    grenade launchers? That was a fuckin' set-up.
    
    McCormack stands up.
    
    McCormack:
    You're an amateur. You run around this town like some sort of vigilante with a
    badge thinking that you're special, that you're outside the law! It's over, 
    cowboy! You're suspended. I'm having you on charges. You were treading on thin
    ice and now you just cracked it! Get out! You're off the fuckin' case, do you 
    hear?
    
    Frank:
    Forget it, Mac. This stinks! The whole operation stinks! I'm going to find out 
    why.
    
    He leaves McCormack's office and slams the door. As he walks down the corridor,
    a female officer runs up to him.
    
    Officer:
    Frank, I've been waiting for you, it's those new DCs, they're in deep trouble.
    We can't raise them on the radio!
    
    Frank:
    Calm down. What's going on?
    
    Officer:
    McCormack's got them casing that crack house!
    
    Frank:
    Jesus, the rookies! They can't handle that! Who's going in after 'em?
    
    Officer:
    No one. It's supposed to be a surveillance job.
    
    Frank:
    Right, I'm for it then.
    
    Officer:
    What about all that screaming? I thought you were suspended.
    
    Frank:
    Fuck him. He can arrest me later.
    
    He walks down the corridor, kicks the double doors open, and walks off.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    19. Stalking McCormack
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Frank enters a room at the crack house and finds the two officers tied up 
    back-to-back.
    
    Ryan:
    Thank fuck you're here! Harris is either passed out or dead. I can't raise him.
    
    Frank:
    What happened?
    
    He starts untying the two officers.
    
    Ryan:
    As soon as we arrived, they just jumped us. It was like they knew we were 
    coming and we just walked straight into it.
    
    Frank:
    Yeah, I know the feeling.
    
    Ryan:
    Sick fuckin' bastards! They could tell we knew nothing. And they enjoyed it. 
    They got a kick out of torturing him.
    
    Frank:
    Well, there's at least ten of them who won't be doing the Energizer bunny 
    routine any longer. And this was McCormack's idea. Why did he send you here? 
    What was he after?
    
    Ryan:
    He said to try and uncover a link between the Triads and the Yardies. He's out
    of his mind. Anybody knows the Chinese have nothing to do with these guys.
    
    Frank:
    This stinks, Ryan.
    
    Ryan:
    You said it, Frank. We tried to tell McCormack about Harris' snitch. He had the
    dope on a suspect crack plant south of here, but he didn't want to know. He 
    sent us here instead.
    
    Frank:
    Seems like coppers are more in danger from McCormack these days than they are
    from the villains.
    
    Ryan:
    What d'you mean?
    
    Frank:
    Don't worry about it, Ryan. Get Harris on his feet. We've got to get out of 
    here. Sounds like it's kicking off out there again. We can't wait for back-up.
    
    Ryan:
    Where are you going?
    
    Frank:
    Back to the station. I'm going to have it out with our DCI.
    
    Frank helps Harris and Ryan to escape the crack house and then drives back to 
    the station. As he arrives, he sees McCormack drive off. He tails McCormack to
    Charlie's depot. At the depot, he stalks McCormack around the depot and follows
    him up on to a walkway. He looks down at the depot.
    
    Frank:
    My god! What have we got here? This is the gear from the Shad Thames bust. Oh 
    McCormack you sly bastard, playing both ends off against the middle. I'll have
    you, you're mine now.
    
    Frank hears a voice coming from a nearby vent. He leans forward and listens in.
    It is McCormack.
    
    McCormack:
    Tell Charlie that he can find the rest of the gear down here just as we agreed.
    I don't want to know about that. You deal with it. He's your problem, you make 
    your own arrangements. But if you want my advice, you'll do it now, before the 
    trial. Yeah, Joe Fielding, Carter's partner. They'll be guards on the door, so 
    take some friends. He's in the UCL Hospital, in the intensive unit, on the 2nd 
    floor, that's all I know... Because it's sign-posted, you bloody idiot! That's 
    all I'm giving you. He's your problem now. If Crazy Jake wants to go around 
    shooting police officers, he better make sure he kills them so they can't 
    testify against him. And Walt, don't fuck it up! There's enough problems with 
    that crazy bastard Hammond shooting up half of London.
    
    Frank:
    You'll keep, McCormack. There's no way those bastards are going to get to Joe.
    
    Frank races to the UCL Hospital to save Joe.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    20. Do the World A Favour
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Frank runs into Joe's room at the UCL Hospital.
    
    Frank:
    Shit, mate! Are you OK?
    
    Joe:
    I'm fine, Frank. I just heard about McCormack.
    
    Frank:
    Heard about McCormack? How could you know? I've finally got the dope to prove 
    that he's bent.
    
    Joe:
    You haven't heard.
    
    Frank:
    Heard what? I've just tracked him to a warehouse that's full of dope and guns 
    from a Flying Squad bust. He's bent and I've got him.
    
    Joe:
    Mate, he's dead. You've got nothing. That psycho who killed his wife - you know
    him - Hammond.
    
    Frank:
    Yeah.
    
    Joe:
    He just burst into the station and shot the bastard.
    
    Frank:
    I can't believe it. I just saw him 10 minutes ago.
    
    Joe:
    McCormack was into some very serious business, Frank. I've been sniffing around
    it for a while. As far as I can tell, he's been on Charlie Jolson's pad for 
    years.
    
    Frank:
    The head of the Flying Squad on a pad to Jolson. Can you fuckin' believe it?
    
    Joe:
    You've seen it for yourself, son. The only way to get them is to find out 
    exactly what they've got.
    
    Frank:
    There's a ton of stuff down at the depot.
    
    Joe:
    That's nothing, Frank. Charlie's been at this for 30 years, lad. He's got 
    scores of legitimate and illegitimate businesses and holdings. Until we can 
    unravel what he's got and how he runs it, we'll never know the full extent of 
    what he's been up to. If we can prove his links to these businesses and where 
    the cash comes from, we can nick him for years of unpaid taxes. I heard 
    McCormack talk about a lock-up where he keeps his real records. We've never 
    been able to find it.
    
    Frank:
    Taxes. You must be joking! Can't we just shoot the bastard and do the world a
    favour?
    
    Joe:
    He's a weed with long roots. We've got to weed him out completely. It's not 
    good enough just lopping off the top. Find the lock-up, Frank. It's supposedly
    in one of the railway arches on Scoresby Street, but be careful, it's a real 
    rabbit warren around there. Get the file, Frank, and we can put him away for 
    good.
    
    Outside in the corridor, a guard walks past Joe's room and is shot. Frank 
    spins round and aims his gun. He shoots the gang members that have 
    infiltrated the hospital and then drives to the lock-up on Scoresby Street. At
    the lock-up, he shoots his way to the back. A shelf breaks and some files fall
    to the floor.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    21. The Jolson Files
    ******************************************************************************
    
    At the lock-up, Frank kicks a gun away from a dead guard. He rolls him over 
    with his foot to make sure he's dead, and then crouches down to pick up the 
    dropped files.
    
    Frank:
    Jesus Christ. Joe was right. It's all here. Jake's bust out! Planned it like a
    military operation! He's like a fuckin' spider. He's all over London. Finally, 
    Charlie Jolson, finally, I'm gonna put you away! I'm gonna bust every place on 
    this list and I'm gonna start right here. Yeah, looks like some warehouse in 
    Southwark.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    22. Meet Mark Hammond
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Frank sneaks down to the basement under Charlie's warehouse. Charlie, Harry and
    Jake are down here discussing their plan to Mark and Yasmin. Frank hides behind 
    a low, crumbling wall.
    
    Charlie:
    Right boys, let's go and lay the table.
    
    They all leave the cell.
    
    Frank:
    Jake Jolson! How many lives does he have?
    
    Charlie:
    It'll be like the old days, lads when everyone showed a bit of respect. It's 
    time we showed everyone in this town who's the fucking boss. Once we've had a 
    spring clean and tied up all the loose ends, it'll be safe to walk the streets 
    of London again. We'll meet at the boat.
    
    Jake:
    What fuckin' boat? Are we gonna drop 'em in the river? I'd like that, I've 
    always wanted to do that.
    
    Charlie:
    No, boy, we're gonna do 'em in style. Sparky, God rest his soul, knocked up a
    little something for us. You like explosives, don't you?
    
    Jake:
    Oh, yeah!
    
    Charlie:
    Well, thanks to The Brow, the bomb's on board. I need you to go up north to the
    depot and bring back the remote detonator.
    
    Jake:
    What's it doing up there?
    
    Charlie:
    Come here, use your fat head, son! I don't want that remote anywhere near the
    bomb until KABOOM time! You got that? That thing starts counting down as soon
    as I press it!
    
    Jake:
    Nice one.
    
    Charlie:
    Jake, don't fuck about, son. Press the button and the timer's set. Release the
    button and the bomb goes off instantly. So be fucking careful! Leave it to me 
    and when we're safely ashore, sipping pina coladas, click. I'll put 'em all out 
    of their fucking misery. It ain't a toy, son. When you get there, you bring it 
    straight to me, you hear?
    
    Harry:
    What about the kid?
    
    Charlie:
    We'll get the boy. All aboard the good ship Sol Vita! We'll show 'em what this
    country's made of, what we fought for! London was built on the Thames and 
    that, my son, is exactly where it's going to end.
    
    Jake:
    Jesus, Charlie, Hammond was right, you are a bloody drama queen.
    
    Charlie:
    C'mon, Harry, let's lead the lambs to the slaughter.
    
    They walk off. Frank sneaks past the cell door and leans against it.
    
    Mark:
    Now I'm truly fucked. I've committed every crime known to man to get my boy 
    back and I find out I was just a pawn in that mad maniac's scheme. Those 
    fucking Triad boys are really gonna enjoy feeding me to the fish.
    
    Yasmin:
    You did better than most. Looks like everyone underestimated you. It's me who's
    messed this up. I'm supposed to be good at this, remember? Instead, I've been 
    caught like a rat in Charlie's trap.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah, well, at least you tried. At least I had one other person on my side. I
    just wish I had a little more time to spend with Alex before... I've been 
    banged up for nearly all his life and when I finally get out, this shit 
    happens.
    
    Yasmin:
    I saw your kid.
    
    Mark:
    You did! How was he? Was he OK?
    
    Yasmin:
    He was OK. He'd been crying, but apart from that, he was all right. He must
    look like his mum cos he doesn't look much like you. I only saw him for a
    second anyway, before all of Charlie's hi-tech shit came crashing down around
    me.
    
    Mark:
    You did better than I did. I didn't even get close. That fat slag will probably
    blow up half of London and I'll take the rap for that as well.
    
    Frank:
    Oh, you're breaking my heart. Are you two just going to sit there feeling sorry
    for yourselves or d'you want to stop that little Hitler?
    
    Mark:
    I know you. You're that cop from the prison van bust.
    
    Yasmin:
    He's filth, Mark. Frank Carter of the Flying Squad.
    
    Frank:
    That's right and I'm the only fuckin' choice you've got right now if you don't
    want to end up wasting away in the nick.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah? Well why does the Bill want to help me? You could make a name for 
    yourself just by turning me in.
    
    Frank:
    I know what he's up to, Hammond. I heard the whole thing. I need you alive to
    ruin his plan. You're no good to me dead. Besides, you wouldn't last a night in
    the cells of this town. Not after Snow Hill.
    
    Yasmin:
    Don't trust him Mark. He's filth.
    
    Mark:
    Look, as it is, I'm a dead man and so is my boy. You give it to me straight,
    Carter. What d'you want?
    
    Frank:
    I'll take that as an agreement for now. For now you're working for me. You do 
    what I tell you.
    
    Yasmin:
    Don't fuckin' do it. Everybody knows he's just obsessed with nicking the 
    Jolsons. 
    
    Mark:
    You get me out of here. You let me and her get my kid to safety... and I'll do
    whatever you want. Whatever it takes, Carter. You in?
    
    Yasmin:
    I'll help you, but don't trust him. He's no better than Charlie.
    
    Frank:
    That's good enough for me. OK, I'm going to blast this door. When I do, all 
    hell will break loose upstairs. I'll try and cover you from up the wall. Take 
    this shooter... and try and get out.
    
    He kicks a gun under the cell door.
    
    Frank:
    Remember, the kid's still at Charlie's gaff but you better hurry. Call me on
    this number when you've got him. I'll cut Jake off.  Remember, Hammond, you owe
    me. You owe me your life.
    
    Mark:
    Get one thing straight, Carter. I want Jolson as much as you, but we get my boy
    to safety first.
    
    Frank:
    OK, Hammond. Now, stand back. I'm going to blast this door.
    
    He stands back and shoots the lock on the cell door.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    23. Showdown With Jake
    ******************************************************************************
    
    At Charlie's depot, Frank is spying on Jake from behind a wooden crate.
    
    Mark:
    Carter.
    
    Frank:
    Hammond. I'm at the depot. Jake is about to leave. He's got half the Bethnal 
    Green mob with him. I need some back-up.
    
    Mark:
    I don't give a shit. Charlie's just took off with Alex. You get the Flying 
    Squad. I've gotta get my boy.
    
    Frank:
    I'm off the Squad, Hammond. I'm suspended. My boss, the bastard you executed,
    he belonged to Charlie. Unless I get the Jolsons, I've got no way of clearing 
    myname.
    
    Mark:
    So what, copper? Don't tell me your troubles. Every cop, every villain in 
    London wants me dead and I've gotta get my boy.
    
    Frank:
    You agreed, Hammond. It's you and me now. We're going up against them.
    
    Yasmin:
    You don't owe him anything, Mark.
    
    Frank:
    Listen, Hammond. Jake must be heading for the meeting. Charlie intends to sort
    out all the loose ends.
    
    Mark:
    Yeah, so where's he going?
    
    Frank:
    To some old cargo ship called Sol Vita at St. Saviours Dock. He's gonna take 
    care of everyone.
    
    Mark:
    Are you winding me up? What's he going there for?
    
    Frank:
    Why do you think? They're taking your kid there. Charlie was going to deliver
    you to all the other gangs. He's out to finish it. Charlie's gonna blow the 
    whole thing sky high, Hammond, so you better get there.
    
    Mark:
    Shut it, copper. I'll keep my word. We're on our way all right?
    
    Frank:
    Right, go for the kid. I'll got for Jake and the detonator.
    
    Frank races to the Sol Vita, chasing after Jake. He shoots his way on board and
    kills Jake.
    
    ******************************************************************************
    24. Land of Hope and Glory
    ******************************************************************************
    
    Continued from Mission 12 - 'Aboard the Sol Vita'.
    
    Mark:
    What about the cop, Nick? He's been straight up.
    
    Yasmin starts pushing Mark away.
    
    Nick:
    Shut it, Mark. You're pushing your luck. I gave you a break because of Suze,
    but I'll never go out on a limb for the filth. I can't have the filth knowing 
    my business.
    
    Mark:
    You'd all be dead if it weren't for him, Nick.
    
    Jamahl:
    You is a very lucky white man to be pushin' your luck right now.
    
    Triad:
    No. Not police. We must deal with policeman.
    
    Mark, Yasmin and Alex leave.
    
    Frank:
    Go on. Get out of here. You're criminal trash, the lot of you! I don't need 
    your help, Hammond. Why would I? I don't need any favours from scum! I'm Frank
    fuckin' Carter, the Flying Squad. That's right, the Flying Squad, the Met's 
    finest. It'll be a long fucking day in January before I beg for help from 
    criminal trash!
    
    Nick:
    That's enough from you, filth.
    
    Liam pushes Charlie into the middle of the room.
    
    Charlie:
    This is my town. Not yours, jungle bunny. Not yours and not yours either, you
    slanty-eyed fucker. Mine. I was running this town when you was still being 
    slapped by your dad for wetting the bed. I ran this town with real men like 
    Ronnie and Reggie. With respect. We knew what was what and who was who. But now
    what have we got? Fuckin' spear chuckers, bringing in shooters where no one's 
    safe, turning London into a madhouse. Smack heads, crack heads, mixing of the 
    fuckin' races. Well, I'm sorry. Enough's enough. It's out of fucking order. You
    give these people a bit of space and what do you get? Fuckin' disorder. Well,
    it's gonna stop. And it starts... right now.
    
    Charlie pulls the detonator out of his pocket.
    
    Jamahl:
    Somebody shoot the fucker. He's got a bomb!
    
    Charlie holds the detonator up in the air.
    
    Charlie:
    It's time that Englishman stood up for what it is to be English. Fuck the euro!
    The fox and the hounds...
    
    Frank:
    If he lets it go, it blows us all. Scarper! Now!
    
    Charlie:
    Bobby Moore and the Hammers!
    
    Jamahl:
    Get the fuck...
    
    Charlie:
    Two World Wars, one World Cup. Feet and inches. Pounds and ounces. Beer and 
    cockles down the Mile End road!
    
    Guns go off all over the place and several gang members are shot. Frank runs 
    and picks up a gun and then runs out of the door. Charlie starts singing.
    
    Charlie:
    Land of hope and glory... Mother of the free...
    
    The timer starts counting down from three minutes.
    
    Charlie:
    How shall we extol...
    
    Frank shoots his way through the ship. He escapes to the top and runs down the
    side. He jumps off the ship just as it explodes behind him.
    
    THE END
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    16: FAQ ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This is the part of the guide that you read before you send me an Email. This
    section will answer all of the most frequently asked questions. And if you
    don't know already, FAQ stands for Frequently Asked Questions. I hope you find
    this section some help to you because I really don't want these questions and
    answers to be pointless.
    
    Please read this FAQ before you ask me any stupid questions. You will be
    completely ignored if you ask a question that has already been mentioned in
    this guide.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: Are There any Motorbikes in the game?
    
    A: No. The game has decided to keep the motorbikes out of the game. Too much
    time and effort, plus this game is fine without bikes, and they don't really
    fit into the theme of the game as there are not many bikes in the game. If you
    find any kind of bike in the game, great. You won yourself a medal for being
    the biggest liar and biggest attention seeker in the world. This game simply
    does not include motorbikes.
    
    Do not ask me about any motorbikes. Team Soho confirmed that there are not and
    will never be motorbikes in this game.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: I heard that there is a tank in this game, is it true?
    
    A: Well, there is no tank in the game, but there is a hidden army vehicle
    hidden in Free Roam Mode. You can shoot out of the turret but it is not as
    armoured as you would expect. The hidden army vehicle isn't as tough as you
    would expect it to be. It will be about as strong as a strong car, so don't
    expect to be driving it forever.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: Can you buy weapons like in VC and GTA3?
    
    A: No, you can't. Weapons can only be found by a dead gang member, and very
    rarely found just sitting on the floor.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: Can you really play as a cop?
    
    A: Well, yes. After you have completed the first 12 missions for Mark Hammond,
    you play as Frank Carter for another 12 missions. You are not a SWAT member,
    and you don't go around in heavy armour with sub machine-guns. You just play as
    a vigilante cop.
    
    You are not undercover as Frank, but you are not meant to tell anyone that you
    are a cop. As Frank, you can do different moves than Mark Hammond's moves. For
    example, Frank gets people in head-locks in a different way, and he holds up
    hostages in a different position.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: What is "Free Roam" mode and how do I unlock it?
    
    A: Free Roam mode is an extra feature you can unlock after you complete all 24
    story missions in the game. What you do is just drive around London as Mark
    Hammond doing what you like. If you have ever played any of the GTA games on
    PS2, you will be very familiar of "Free Roam".
    
    Starting chaos with the police and public is probably the most you can do in
    Free Roam. You will probably start trouble most. Gangs do appear in Free Roam
    and you can choose if you want to kill them or run from them.
    
    But then again, you can always just explore London. If you have never seen
    London before, you can always see the 3-D London Eye! Only joking. The Getaway
    covers up about 28 miles of London, but there are still parts that are not
    included like where I live, in Hackney.
    
    So, you can make up your mind on Free Roam. Start a huge rampage, go mad in a
    really fast car, or explore London. It's all up to you.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: I beat all the missions, where is Free Roam mode?
    
    A: Free Roam mode is an extra feature that you unlock after you complete all
    24-story missions in the game. If you already completed the story missions, and
    you want to try out Free Roam mode, all you do is go to "Extra Features" in the
    menu at the start of the game. Press X on Free Roam mode, and you get to drive
    freely around London.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: I don't like your guide, can I tell you how bad you are at writing?
    
    A: No, not at all. If you don't like this guide, live with it. There are four
    other guides to look at, so if you don't like this one, you can just see if
    any of the other four are what you are looking for.
    
    I don't want any Junk mail about how rubbish my guide is, so please if you don't
    like my guide, don't tell me. You can tell everyone in the world, as long as you
     don't tell me.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: I think your guide is excellent, can I tell you much I liked your guide?
    
    A: Sure, I always like positive feedback.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: Can I use this guide on my site?
    
    A: Well, it depends. If your site is not complete and still under construction,
    I will probably say no, apart from rare conditions. I will probably allow you
    to post this guide on your site, but only if you ask for my permission first.
    All you have to do is ask, and I will probably get back in touch very soon. If
    you don't ask but still put my guide on your site, I will take serious action.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: Is there going to be a sequel? 
    
    A: I am almost certain that there will be a sequel to The Getaway. I think it
    will be called "The Getaway 2: Black Monday". There is a lot of info out about
    this game, but I won't go into any detail right now. It will be a great game
    and it will be much better than this game.
    
    ======================================
    
    Q: I'm sure that I was driving a Jag in the demo, where is it in the game?
    
    A: I really don't know what happened to the Jag. I remember myself cruising in
    a Jaguar in the demo, but I am 100% certain that there is no Jaguar in the
    game. You can try looking around for one in Free Roam Mode, but you will never
    find one.
    
    That is all, folks. They are all of the most frequently asked questions on the
    Getaway. I am hoping to add more to the list the longer people keep on asking
    me questions.
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    17: Legal Stuff --------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This may be not be reproduced under any circumstances except for personal,
    private use. It may not be placed on any web site or otherwise distributed
    publicly without advance written permission. Use of this guide on any other
    web site or as a part of any public display is strictly prohibited, and a
    violation of copyright.
    
    In other words, do not do anything at all to or with this guide without MY
    permission. If you do, I will take things very seriously.
    
    You can find the latest versions of this guide at GameFAQs (www.gamefaqs.com)
    and/or Gamedestination (www.gamedestination.net).
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    18: Email Policy (read before sending me Emails) -----------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    Quite a lot of people (or aliens!) have been sending me Emails for different
    reasons. More than half of the Emails I have received didn't apply by my simple
    rules that used to be in this section. That being, I decided to change my
    Email policy.
    
    Basically, if you have something that you found in the game that is NOT YET
    covered in the game, please tell me. If I find it in my guide, I will block
    your Email address at the click of a button, and you will never be able to send
    me Emails again. I have done it before, so don't think I'll do it to you.
    
    If you are sure that your piece of information isn't covered in my guide,
    Email your information to casanova973@hotmail.com. If your contribution isn't
    covered in my guide, I will be happy to add it and give you credit. If, however,
    you don't want your name or Email address published all over the web, you can
    simply tell me that and I will pretend I did it myself.
    
    For example: I once received an Email from an anonymous writer, asking me to
    change, slightly, the structure of the guide. You will see that the section
    title design and the info at the top of the guide has changed. The person
    requested to keep their name anonymous in the guide and they asked me to keep
    their name hidden. The person sent me an attachment of my guide with layout
    changes in the exact same format as my guide. Now that's what I like to see.
    
    So, if you have any new guide additions you'd like to show me, please do, but
    make sure they look nice. Oh, and I've also pleaded on the message boards for
    new ASCII art for my guide, so if you have any, please send that in too.
    
    There are some things that I really don't want you to Email me about, and I
    will try and give you the list:
    
    - Don't tell me something that isn't true. It is just stupid to tell me
      something you heard somewhere else, like a rumour. After a while it just gets
      annoying so please don't be telling me rumours.
    
    - When you Email me, don't be too formal. I just don't like it for some reason.
      But, don't be too informal so I can't read what you're saying. The basic
      slang languages are alright, such as 'u' instead of 'you', but just try to
      speak English properly.
    
    - Try and keep the grammar clear. Don't make a huge paragraph of writing
      instead of a couple of lines, or even a couple of paragraphs. Also, try and
      spell correctly.
    
    There, I think that's all I need to say about you emailing me. But, if I do get
    some other junk I will update my guide telling you what else not to do when
    you're Emailing me. Send your messages to this address:
    
    casanova973@hotmail.com
    
    *Or, you can talk to me on MSN on:
    
    Big_D_008@hotmail.com
    
    *Only talk to me about The Getaway. I don't want to be talking to strangers
    about real life things and what not. Just MSN me if you need specialised help
    on the game.
    
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    19: Credits ------------------------------------------------------------------
    =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
    +*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
    
    This section is just the list of people who made this guide possible:
    
    My Dad for getting me this game.
    
    Paddy Somerton for a tip on the mission "Burning Bridges".
    
    Ojidragon for help on Clive McCormack and nice feedback on my guide.
    
    GameFAQs for such a great site and hopefully posting this guide.
    
    Gamedestination for a lot of help, giving me a chance, and posting this guide.
    
    And finally, me, for actually writing this guide.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
     .d8888b  8888b.  .d8888b   8888b.  88888b.   .d88b.  888  888  8888b.  
    d88P"        "88b 88K          "88b 888 "88b d88""88b 888  888     "88b 
    888      .d888888 "Y8888b. .d888888 888  888 888  888 Y88  88P .d888888 
    Y88b.    888  888      X88 888  888 888  888 Y88..88P  Y8bd8P  888  888 
     "Y8888P "Y888888  88888P' "Y888888 888  888  "Y88P"    Y88P   "Y888888 
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
     .d8888b. 8888888888  .d8888b.  
    d88P  Y88b      d88P d88P  Y88b 
    888    888     d88P       .d88P 
    Y88b. d888    d88P       8888"  
     "Y888P888 88888888       "Y8b. 
           888  d88P     888    888 
    Y88b  d88P d88P      Y88b  d88P 
     "Y8888P" d88P        "Y8888P"  
    
           +++++++       
           +:::::+       
           +:::::+       
     +++++++:::::+++++++ 
     +:::::::::::::::::+ 
     +:::::::::::::::::+ 
     +++++++:::::+++++++ 
           +:::::+       
           +:::::+       
           +++++++
    
    8888888b.      .d8888b.                           
    888   Y88b    d88P  Y88b                          
    888    888    888    888                          
    888   d88P    888         8888b.  888d888 888d888 
    8888888P"     888            "88b 888P"   888P"   
    888 T88b      888    888 .d888888 888     888     
    888  T88b     Y88b  d88P 888  888 888     888     
    888   T88b     "Y8888P"  "Y888888 888     888     
    
    
    ASCII art taken from: http://www.network-science.de/ascii/
    
    --EOF-------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    

    FAQ Display Options: Printable Version